WARBURG PINCUS TRUST II
N-1A EL, 1997-01-02
Previous: WARBURG PINCUS TRUST II, N-8A, 1997-01-02
Next: ALGER FUND, 497, 1997-01-03



<PAGE>


            As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission
                              on January 2, 1997

                             Securities Act File No.
                         Investment Company Act File No.

                     U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM N-1A
               REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF          [x]
                                      1933

                         Pre-Effective Amendment No.                       [ ]

                        Post-Effective Amendment No.                       [ ]

                                     and/or

              REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY          [x]
                                  ACT OF 1940


                                Amendment No.                              [ ]

                        (Check appropriate box or boxes)

                            Warburg, Pincus Trust II
            .........................................................
               (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

                 466 Lexington Avenue
                 New York, New York                     10017-3147
            ........................................ ...............
             (Address of Principal Executive Office)    (Zip Code)

               Registrant's Telephone Number, including Area Code:
                                 (212) 878-0600

                               Mr. Eugene P. Grace
                            Warburg, Pincus Trust II
                              466 Lexington Avenue
                          New York, New York 10017-3147
                    .........................................
                     (Name and Address of Agent for Service)

                                    Copy to:
                             Rose F. DiMartino, Esq.
                            Willkie Farr & Gallagher
                               One Citicorp Center
                              153 East 53rd Street
                          New York, New York 10022-4677


<PAGE>2

            Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering: As soon as
            practicable after the effective date of this Registration
            Statement.

        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                            Proposed
 Title of                               Proposed            Maximum
 Securities                              Maximum            Aggregate         Amount of
   Being         Amount Being          Offering Price       Offering        Registration
 Registered      Registered             per Unit            Price               Fee
 -----------   ----------------------  -----------------  ---------------  --------------
<S>          <C>                       <C>              <C>                <C>
Shares of
beneficial
interest,
$.001 par
value per
share            Indefinite*                  *             Indefinite*        $0

- -----------------------
</TABLE>



                       DECLARATION PURSUANT TO RULE 24f-2



*         An indefinite number of shares of beneficial interest of the
          Registrant is being registered by this Registration Statement pursuant
          to Rule 24f-2 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended
          (the "1940 Act").

          The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date
or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant
shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration
Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"), or until the
Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission,
acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.





<PAGE>3



                            WARBURG, PINCUS TRUST II

                                    FORM N-1A

                              CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
                        --------------------------------------



Part A                                                Prospectus Heading
Item No.

1.        Cover Page..............................    Cover Page

2.        Synopsis................................    The Trust's Expenses

3.        Condensed Financial Information.........    Not Applicable

4.        General Description of Registrant.......    Cover Page;
                                                      Investment
                                                      Objectives and
                                                      Policies; Portfolio
                                                      Investments; Risk
                                                      Factors and Special
                                                      Considerations;
                                                      Certain Investment
                                                      Strategies;
                                                      Investment
                                                      Guidelines; General
                                                      Information


5.        Management of the Fund..................    Management of the
                                                       Portfolios

6.        Capital Stock and Other Securities......    General Information

7.        Purchase of
          Securities Being
          Offered................................     How to Purchase and Redeem
                                                      Shares in the Portfolios;
                                                      Management of the
                                                      Portfolios; Net Asset
                                                      Value

8.        Redemption or Repurchase................    How to Purchase and Redeem
                                                      Shares in the Portfolios

9.        Legal Proceedings.......................    Not Applicable



Part B                                                Heading for the Statement
Item No.                                              of Additional Information
- ----------------------------------                    -------------------------

10.       Cover Page..............................    Cover Page

11.       Table of Contents.......................    Contents

12.       General Information
          and History.........                        Management of the Trust


<PAGE>4




13.    Investment Objectives                   Investment Objectives; Investment
       and Policies.................           Policies

14.    Management of the
       Registrant...................           Management of the Trust; See
                                               Prospectus--"Management of the
                                               Portfolios"

15.    Control Persons and
       Principal Holders of
       Securities...................           Management of the Trust

16.    Investment Advisory
       and Other Services...........           Management of the Trust; See
                                               Prospectus--"Management of the
                                               Portfolios"

17.    Brokerage Allocation.........           Investment Policies; See Pros-
                                               pectus-"Portfolio Transactions
                                               and Turnover Rate"

18.    Capital Stock and                       Management of the Trust--
       Other Securities.............           Organization of the Trust; See
                                               Prospectus--"General Information"

19.    Purchase, Redemption
       and Pricing of
       Securities Being
       Offered......................           Additional Purchase and Redemp-
                                               tion Information; See
                                               Prospectus--"How to Purchase and
                                               Redeem Shares in the
                                               Portfolios"; "Net Asset Value"

20.    Tax Status...................           Additional Information Concerning
                                               Taxes; See Prospectus--
                                               "Dividends, Distributions and
                                               Taxes"

21.    Underwriters.................           Investment Policies--Portfolio
                                               Transactions; See Prospectus--
                                               "Management of the Portfolios"

22.   Calculation of
      Performance Data..............            Determination of Performance

23.   Financial Statements..........            Financial Statements

       Part C
       ------

           Information required to be included in Part C is set forth after the
appropriate item, so numbered, in Part C to this Registration Statement.


<PAGE>
                                   PROSPECTUS

                                              , 1997

                            WARBURG PINCUS TRUST II

                   [*] FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO
                   [*] GLOBAL FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO

                Warburg  Pincus Trust  II shares  are not  available directly to
                individual investors  but may  be offered  only through  certain
                insurance products and pension and retirement plans.

                                     [Logo]




<PAGE>

INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT  RELATING TO  THESE SECURITIES  HAS BEEN  FILED WITH  THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR  TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN  ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.

                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JANUARY 2, 1997

PROSPECTUS                                                                , 1997

Warburg Pincus  Trust II  (the  'Trust') is  an open-end  management  investment
company  that currently offers  two investment funds, both  of which are offered
pursuant to this Prospectus (the 'Portfolios'):

FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO  seeks total  return consistent  with prudent  investment
management.

GLOBAL  FIXED  INCOME  PORTFOLIO  seeks  total  return  consistent  with prudent
investment management, consisting of a combination of interest income,  currency
gains and capital appreciation.

Shares of a Portfolio are not available directly to individual investors but may
be  offered  only  to  certain  (i)  life  insurance  companies  ('Participating
Insurance Companies')  for  allocation to  certain  of their  separate  accounts
established  for the purpose of funding  variable annuity contracts and variable
life insurance contracts (together, 'Variable Contracts') and (ii) tax-qualified
pension and  retirement plans  ('Plans'), including  participant-directed  Plans
which  elect to make a  Portfolio an investment option  for Plan participants. A
Portfolio may  not  be  available  in  every  state  due  to  various  insurance
regulations.

This Prospectus briefly sets forth certain information about the Portfolios that
investors  should  know before  investing. Investors  are  advised to  read this
Prospectus and retain it for future reference. This Prospectus should be read in
conjunction with  the  prospectus  of  the  separate  account  of  the  specific
insurance product that accompanies this Prospectus or with the Plan documents or
other  informational materials supplied by Plan sponsors. Additional information
about each Portfolio, contained  in a Statement  of Additional Information,  has
been  filed  with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  (the 'SEC')  and is
available for reference, along with other related materials, on the SEC Internet
Web site (http://www.sec.gov). The Statement  of Additional Information is  also
available  upon  request  and  without  charge by  calling  the  Trust  at (800)
369-2728. The Statement of Additional Information, as amended from time to time,
bears the same date as this Prospectus  and is incorporated by reference in  its
entirety into this Prospectus.

SHARES OF THE TRUST ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR OBLIGATIONS OF OR GUARANTEED OR ENDORSED
BY  ANY  BANK, AND  SHARES  ARE NOT  INSURED  BY THE  FEDERAL  DEPOSIT INSURANCE
CORPORATION,  THE  FEDERAL  RESERVE  BOARD  OR  ANY  OTHER  GOVERNMENT   AGENCY.
INVESTMENTS  IN  SHARES OF  THE TRUST  INVOLVE  INVESTMENT RISKS,  INCLUDING THE
POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL AMOUNT INVESTED.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THESE   SECURITIES    HAVE    NOT    BEEN    APPROVED    OR    DISAPPROVED    BY
 THE  SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
   NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND  EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES
     COMMISSION  PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY  OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
           ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



<PAGE>
THE TRUST'S EXPENSES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Fixed           Global Fixed
                                                               Income Portfolio   Income Portfolio
                                                               ----------------   ----------------
<S>                                                            <C>                <C>
Shareholder Transaction Expenses
    Maximum Sales Load Imposed on Purchases
      (as a percentage of offering price)....................           0                  0
Annual Fund Operating Expenses
  (as a percentage of average net assets)
    Management Fees..........................................            %                  %
    12b-1 Fees...............................................           0                  0
    Other Expenses...........................................            %                  %
                                                                      ---                ---
    Total Portfolio Operating Expenses (after fee waivers and
      expense reimbursements)*...............................         .99%               .99%
    EXAMPLE
    You would pay the following expenses
        on a $1,000 investment, assuming (1) 5% annual return
        and (2) redemption at the end of each time period:
    1 year...................................................        $                  $
    3 years..................................................        $                  $
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *  Absent  the  waiver  of  fees  by  the  Portfolios'  investment  adviser and
    co-administrator, Management Fees would equal .50% and 1.00%, Other Expenses
    would equal   % and   %, and Total Portfolio Operating Expenses would  equal
        % and     % for  the Fixed  Income and  Global Fixed  Income Portfolios,
    respectively. Other Expenses are based upon annualized estimates of expenses
    for the fiscal  year ending December  31, 1997,  net of any  fee waivers  or
    expense  reimbursements. The investment adviser has undertaken to limit each
    Portfolio's Total Portfolio Operating Expenses through December 31, 1997.
                          ---------------------------

   The expense table  shows the costs  and expenses that  an investor will  bear
directly  or indirectly  as a  shareholder of  a Portfolio.  THE TABLE  DOES NOT
REFLECT ADDITIONAL CHARGES AND EXPENSES WHICH ARE, OR MAY BE, IMPOSED UNDER  THE
VARIABLE  CONTRACTS OR  PLANS; SUCH  CHARGES AND  EXPENSES ARE  DESCRIBED IN THE
PROSPECTUS OF THE SPONSORING PARTICIPATING INSURANCE COMPANY SEPARATE ACCOUNT OR
IN THE  PLAN  DOCUMENTS  OR  OTHER  INFORMATIONAL  MATERIALS  SUPPLIED  BY  PLAN
SPONSORS.  The  Example should  not be  considered a  representation of  past or
future expenses; actual  Portfolio expenses may  be greater or  less than  those
shown.  Moreover, while the Example assumes a 5% annual return, each Portfolio's
actual performance will vary and may result in a return greater or less than 5%.

                                       2



<PAGE>
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Each  Portfolio's objective  is a fundamental  policy and may  not be amended
without first obtaining the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares  of
that  Portfolio. Any  investment involves risk  and, therefore, there  can be no
assurance  that  any  Portfolio  will  achieve  its  investment  objective.  See
'Portfolio  Investments' and 'Certain Investment Strategies' for descriptions of
certain types of investments the Portfolios may make.

FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO

   The Fixed  Income  Portfolio  seeks  total  return  consistent  with  prudent
investment  management. The Portfolio is a non-diversified investment fund which
pursues its investment objective by  investing, under normal market  conditions,
at  least 65% of its total assets  in fixed income securities, such as corporate
bonds, debentures  and  notes;  convertible  debt  securities;  convertible  and
non-convertible  preferred stocks; government obligations; obligations issued by
or on behalf of states, territories and possessions of the United States and the
District  of   Columbia  and   their   political  subdivisions,   agencies   and
instrumentalities  ('Municipal  Obligations');  and  repurchase  agreements with
respect to portfolio securities.
   Under normal market conditions, the  Portfolio intends that its portfolio  of
fixed  income securities will have  a dollar-weighted average remaining maturity
not exceeding 10 years, using for purposes of this calculation the maturity of a
security on its date of purchase.  Individual issues may have maturities  longer
than 10 years.
   The Portfolio may hold up to 35% of its net assets in fixed income securities
rated  below investment grade and may invest in unrated issues that are believed
by  Warburg,  Pincus  Counsellors,  Inc.,  the  Portfolios'  investment  adviser
('Warburg'), to be of equivalent quality.
   The Portfolio may invest without limit in U.S. dollar-denominated, investment
grade  foreign securities, but limits to 35%  of its assets the portion that may
be invested  in  securities of  foreign  issuers  that either  are  rated  below
investment grade or are denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars.
   The  Portfolio may invest up to 35% of its total assets in equity securities,
including common stock, warrants and  rights. For temporary defensive  purposes,
the Portfolio may invest without limit in short-term money market obligations.

GLOBAL FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO

   The  Global Fixed Income Portfolio seeks total return consistent with prudent
investment management, consisting of a combination of interest income,  currency
gains  and capital appreciation.  The Portfolio is  a non-diversified investment
fund which pursues its objective  by investing, under normal market  conditions,
at least 65% of its total assets in fixed income obligations of governmental and
corporate issuers denominated in various

                                       3



<PAGE>
currencies  (including  U.S. dollars  and multinational  currency units  such as
European  Currency  Units  ('ECUs')),  including  debt  obligations  issued   or
guaranteed  by  the  United  States  or  foreign  governments,  their  agencies,
instrumentalities or political subdivisions,  as well as supranational  entities
organized   or  supported   by  several   national  governments,   such  as  the
International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (the 'World Bank') or  the
European  Investment Bank;  corporate bonds,  notes and  debentures; convertible
debt securities;  and  convertible  and  non-convertible  preferred  stock.  The
Portfolio  may  invest in  a  wide variety  of  fixed income  obligations issued
anywhere in the world, including the United States. Issuers of these  securities
will  be located  in at  least three  countries and  issuers located  in any one
country (other than the United States) will  not represent more than 40% of  the
Portfolio's total assets. In addition, the Portfolio will not invest 25% or more
of  its  assets in  the securities  issued  by any  one foreign  government, its
agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions.
   The Portfolio may hold up to 35% of its net assets in fixed income securities
rated below investment  grade, or  in unrated  securities that  are believed  by
Warburg to be of equivalent quality.
   Under  normal market conditions, the Portfolio  intends that its portfolio of
fixed income securities will have  a dollar-weighted average maturity between  3
and  10 years, using for purposes of this calculation the maturity of a security
on its date of purchase. Individual issues may have maturities shorter or longer
than 3 to 10 years.
   The Portfolio may invest up to 35% of its total assets in equity  securities,
including common stock, warrants and rights. For temporary defensive purposes or
during  times of  international political  or economic  uncertainty, all  of the
Portfolio's investments  may  be  made  temporarily  in  the  United  States  or
denominated in U.S. dollars without regard to maturity.

PORTFOLIO INVESTMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   MONEY  MARKET  OBLIGATIONS. Each  Portfolio  is authorized  to  invest, under
normal conditions, up  to 35%  of its total  assets in  short-term money  market
obligations  having remaining maturities  of less than  one year at  the time of
purchase.  These  short-term  instruments  consist  of  obligations  issued   or
guaranteed  by the United  States government, its  agencies or instrumentalities
('Government Securities'); bank obligations (including certificates of  deposit,
time  deposits and bankers'  acceptances of domestic  or foreign banks, domestic
savings and loans and  similar institutions) that  are high quality  investments
or,  if unrated,  deemed by Warburg  to be high  quality investments; commercial
paper rated no lower than A-2 by Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a  Division
of  The McGraw  Hill Companies,  Inc. ('S&P'),  or Prime-2  by Moody's Investors
Service, Inc. ('Moody's') or  the equivalent from  another major rating  service
or,  if unrated, of an  issuer having an outstanding,  unsecured debt issue then
rated within  the  three  highest  rating  categories;  obligations  of  foreign
governments, their agencies or

                                       4



<PAGE>
instrumentalities;   and  repurchase   agreements  with   respect  to  portfolio
securities.
   For temporary defensive purposes or, in  the case of the Global Fixed  Income
Portfolio, during times of international political or economic uncertainty, each
Portfolio may invest without limit in short-term money market obligations.
   Repurchase  Agreements. Under  normal market  conditions, each  Portfolio may
invest up to 20% of its  total assets in repurchase agreement transactions  with
member  banks  of  the  Federal Reserve  System  and  certain  non-bank dealers.
Repurchase agreements  are  contracts  under  which  the  buyer  of  a  security
simultaneously  commits to resell  the security to the  seller at an agreed-upon
price and date. Under the terms  of a typical repurchase agreement, a  Portfolio
would acquire any underlying security for a relatively short period (usually not
more  than one week) subject  to an obligation of  the seller to repurchase, and
the Portfolio  to resell,  the  obligation at  an  agreed-upon price  and  time,
thereby  determining  the  yield  during the  Portfolio's  holding  period. This
arrangement results in  a fixed rate  of return  that is not  subject to  market
fluctuations  during the Portfolio's holding period. The value of the underlying
securities will  at all  times be  at least  equal to  the total  amount of  the
purchase  obligation, including interest. The Portfolio  bears a risk of loss in
the event  that  the other  party  to a  repurchase  agreement defaults  on  its
obligations  or becomes bankrupt and the  Portfolio is delayed or prevented from
exercising its right to dispose of the collateral securities, including the risk
of a  possible decline  in the  value of  the underlying  securities during  the
period while the Portfolio seeks to assert this right. Warburg, acting under the
supervision  of  the  Trust's  Board of  Trustees  (the  'Board'),  monitors the
creditworthiness of those bank  and non-bank dealers  with which each  Portfolio
enters  into repurchase agreements to evaluate this risk. A repurchase agreement
is considered to be a loan under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as  amended
(the '1940 Act').
   Money Market Mutual Funds. Where Warburg believes that it would be beneficial
to  the  Portfolio  and  appropriate  considering  the  factors  of  return  and
liquidity, each Portfolio may  invest up to  5% of its  assets in securities  of
money  market mutual funds that are  unaffiliated with the Portfolio, Warburg or
the Portfolios' co-administrator, PFPC Inc. ('PFPC'). A money market mutual fund
is an investment company  that invests in short-term  high quality money  market
instruments.  A money market mutual fund  generally does not purchase securities
with a remaining maturity of more than one year. As a shareholder in any  mutual
fund,  a Portfolio will  bear its ratable  share of the  mutual fund's expenses,
including management fees, and will remain subject to payment of the Portfolio's
administration fees and other expenses with respect to assets so invested.
   U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES. The obligations issued or guaranteed by the  U.S.
government  in which  a Portfolio may  invest include direct  obligations of the
U.S.  Treasury  and   obligations  issued  by   U.S.  government  agencies   and

                                       5



<PAGE>
instrumentalities.  Included among direct  obligations of the  United States are
Treasury Bills, Treasury Notes and  Treasury Bonds, which differ principally  in
terms of their maturities. Treasury Bills have maturities of less than one year,
Treasury  Notes have maturities of one to  10 years and Treasury Bonds generally
have maturities of greater than 10 years at the date of issuance. Included among
the obligations issued by  agencies and instrumentalities  of the United  States
are:  instruments that are supported by the  full faith and credit of the United
States  (such  as  certificates  issued  by  the  Government  National  Mortgage
Association ('GNMA')); instruments that are supported by the right of the issuer
to  borrow  from the  U.S. Treasury  (such  as securities  of Federal  Home Loan
Banks); and instruments that are supported by the credit of the  instrumentality
(such  as Federal National  Mortgage Association ('FNMA')  and Federal Home Loan
Mortgage Corporation ('FHLMC') bonds).
   CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES. Convertible  securities in which  the Portfolios  may
invest,  including both convertible debt and convertible preferred stock, may be
converted at either  a stated  price or stated  rate into  underlying shares  of
common stock. Because of this feature, convertible securities enable an investor
to  benefit from increases in  the market price of  the underlying common stock.
Convertible  securities  provide  higher  yields  than  the  underlying   equity
securities,  but generally offer lower yields than non-convertible securities of
similar quality. The value of  convertible securities fluctuates in relation  to
changes in interest rates like bonds and, in addition, fluctuates in relation to
the underlying common stock.
   STRUCTURED  SECURITIES.  The Portfolios  may  purchase any  type  of publicly
traded or privately negotiated fixed income security, including  mortgage-backed
securities;  structured  notes,  bonds  or debentures;  and  assignments  of and
participations in loans.
   Mortgage-Backed Securities. Mortgage-backed securities are collateralized  by
mortgages  or  interests  in  mortgages  and  may  be  issued  by  government or
non-government entities.  Mortgage-backed securities  issued  by GNMA,  FNMA  or
FHLMC  provide a monthly payment consisting  of interest and principal payments,
and  additional  payments  will  be  made  out  of  unscheduled  prepayments  of
principal.  Neither  the  value  of  nor  the  yield  on  these  mortgage-backed
securities or shares  of the Portfolios  is guaranteed by  the U.S.  government.
Non-government  issued mortgage-backed  securities may offer  higher yields than
those issued  by  government entities,  but  may  be subject  to  greater  price
fluctuations.  The value of mortgage-backed securities  may change due to shifts
in the  market's perceptions  of  issuers, and  regulatory  or tax  changes  may
adversely  affect the  mortgage securities market  as a  whole. Foreclosures and
prepayments, which occur  when unscheduled  or early  payments are  made on  the
underlying  mortgages, may shorten the effective maturities on these securities.
The Portfolios' yield may be affected  by reinvestment of prepayments at  higher
or  lower rates than  the original investment. Prepayments  may tend to increase
due to refinancing of

                                       6



<PAGE>
mortgages as interest rates  decline. In addition,  like other debt  securities,
the values of mortgage-backed securities will generally fluctuate in response to
interest rates.
   Structured  Notes, Bonds or Debentures. Typically, the value of the principal
and/or interest on these  instruments is determined by  reference to changes  in
the  value of specific currencies, interest rates, commodities, indexes or other
financial indicators (the  'Reference') or the  relevant change in  two or  more
References.  The interest rate or the  principal amount payable upon maturity or
redemption  may  be  increased  or  decreased  depending  upon  changes  in  the
applicable Reference. The terms of the structured securities may provide that in
certain circumstances no principal is due at maturity and, therefore, may result
in  the  loss  of  a  Portfolio's entire  investment.  The  value  of structured
securities may move in the  same or the opposite direction  as the value of  the
Reference,  so that  appreciation of  the Reference  may produce  an increase or
decrease in the interest rate or value of the security at maturity. In addition,
the change in interest rate  or the value of the  security at maturity may be  a
multiple of the change in the value of the Reference so that the security may be
more   or  less  volatile  than  the   Reference,  depending  on  the  multiple.
Consequently, structured securities may entail  a greater degree of market  risk
and volatility than other types of debt obligations.
   Assignments  and Participations. Each Portfolio  may invest in assignments of
and participations in loans issued by banks and other financial institutions.
   When a Portfolio purchases  assignments from lending financial  institutions,
the  Portfolio  will acquire  direct rights  against the  borrower on  the loan.
However, since assignments are  generally arranged through private  negotiations
between  potential assignees and potential assignors, the rights and obligations
acquired by a Portfolio as the purchaser  of an assignment may differ from,  and
be more limited than, those held by the assigning lender.
   Participations  in  loans  will  typically result  in  a  Portfolio  having a
contractual  relationship  with  the  lending  financial  institution,  not  the
borrower.  A Portfolio  would have the  right to receive  payments of principal,
interest and  any fees  to which  it is  entitled only  from the  lender of  the
payments  from the  borrower. In connection  with purchasing  a participation, a
Portfolio generally will  have no right  to enforce compliance  by the  borrower
with  the terms of  the loan agreement relating  to the loan,  nor any rights of
set-off against the borrower,  and the Portfolio may  not benefit directly  from
any collateral supporting the loan in which it has purchased a participation. As
a  result, a Portfolio purchasing a participation will assume the credit risk of
both the borrower and the lender selling the participation. In the event of  the
insolvency of the lender selling the participation, the Portfolio may be treated
as a general creditor of the lender and may not benefit from any set-off between
the lender and the borrower.
   A  Portfolio may have difficulty  disposing of assignments and participations
because  there   is   no  liquid   market   for  such   securities.   The   lack

                                       7



<PAGE>
of  a liquid secondary market  will have an adverse impact  on the value of such
securities and on a Portfolio's ability to dispose of particular assignments  or
participations  when necessary  to meet  the Portfolio's  liquidity needs  or in
response  to  a  specific  economic  event,  such  as  a  deterioration  in  the
creditworthiness  of the borrower.  The lack of a  liquid market for assignments
and participations also may make it more  difficult for a Portfolio to assign  a
value  to these securities for purposes of valuing the Portfolio's portfolio and
calculating its net asset value.

RISK FACTORS AND SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   For certain additional  risks related  to each  Portfolio's investments,  see
'Portfolio  Investments' beginning at page 4 and 'Certain Investment Strategies'
beginning at page 11.
   Among the factors that may be considered  in deciding whether to invest in  a
security  are  the issuer's  financial  resources, its  sensitivity  to economic
conditions and trends,  its operating history  and the ability  of the  issuer's
management.  Bond prices generally vary inversely  in relation to changes in the
level of interest  rates, as well  as in  response to other  market factors  and
changes  in the  creditworthiness of the  issuers of  the securities. Government
Securities are  considered  to  be  of the  highest  credit  quality  available.
Government  Securities, however, will be affected by general changes in interest
rates. The price volatility of a Portfolio's shares where the Portfolio  invests
in intermediate maturity bonds will be substantially less than that of long-term
bonds. An intermediate maturity bond will generally have a lower yield than that
of  a long-term bond. Longer-term securities  in which the Portfolios may invest
generally  offer  a  higher  current  yield  than  is  offered  by  shorter-term
securities,  but also generally involve greater  volatility of price and risk of
capital than shorter-term securities.
   NON-DIVERSIFIED STATUS. Each Portfolio is classified as non-diversified under
the 1940 Act, which means that the Portfolios are not limited by the 1940 Act in
the proportion of its assets that it  may invest in the obligations of a  single
issuer.  Each Portfolio will, however,  comply with diversification requirements
imposed by  the Internal  Revenue Code  of 1986,  as amended  (the 'Code'),  for
qualification  as a  regulated investment  company. Being  non-diversified means
that a  Portfolio  may  invest  a  greater  proportion  of  its  assets  in  the
obligations  of a small  number of issuers and,  as a result,  may be subject to
greater risk  with  respect  to  portfolio securities.  To  the  extent  that  a
Portfolio  assumes  large  positions in  the  securities  of a  small  number of
issuers, its return may fluctuate to a greater extent than that of a diversified
company as a result  of changes in  the financial condition  or in the  market's
assessment of the issuers.
   LOWER-RATED  SECURITIES.  There  are  certain  risk  factors  associated with
lower-rated securities. A security will be considered investment grade if it  is
rated at the time of purchase within the four highest grades assigned by Moody's
or   S&P.  Securities  rated  in  the  fourth  highest  grade  have  speculative
characteristics, and securities rated B have speculative elements and a  greater

                                       8



<PAGE>
vulnerability to default than higher-rated securities. Investors should be aware
that  ratings  are relative  and subjective  and are  not absolute  standards of
quality. Subsequent to its purchase by  a Portfolio, an issue of securities  may
cease  to be rated or  its rating may be reduced  below the minimum required for
purchase by the Portfolio. Neither event will require sale of such securities by
the Portfolio, although Warburg will consider such event in its determination of
whether the Portfolio should continue to hold the securities.
   The Portfolios may invest in securities rated as low as C by Moody's or D  by
S&P.  Each  Portfolio  may invest  in  unrated  securities considered  to  be of
equivalent quality. Securities that are rated C by Moody's are the lowest  rated
class  and can be regarded as having  extremely poor prospects of ever attaining
any real investment standing. Debt rated D  by S&P is in default or is  expected
to default upon maturity or payment date.
   Lower-rated  and comparable unrated securities (commonly referred to as 'junk
bonds') (i) will likely have  some quality and protective characteristics  that,
in   the  judgment  of   the  rating  organization,   are  outweighed  by  large
uncertainties or  major  risk  exposures  to adverse  conditions  and  (ii)  are
predominantly  speculative with respect to the issuer's capacity to pay interest
and repay principal in accordance with  the terms of the obligation. The  market
values  of  certain  of these  securities  also  tend to  be  more  sensitive to
individual corporate  developments  and  changes  in  economic  conditions  than
higher-quality  securities. In addition, medium-  and lower-rated securities and
comparable unrated securities generally present a higher degree of credit  risk.
The risk of loss due to default by such issuers is significantly greater because
medium-   and  lower-rated  securities  and  unrated  securities  generally  are
unsecured and  frequently  are  subordinated  to the  prior  payment  of  senior
indebtedness.
   The  market value  of securities in  lower-rated categories  is more volatile
than that of  higher quality securities.  In addition, the  Portfolios may  have
difficulty  disposing of certain of these securities because there may be a thin
trading market. The lack of a liquid secondary market for certain securities may
have an  adverse impact  on the  Portfolios' ability  to dispose  of  particular
issues  and may  make it  more difficult for  the Portfolios  to obtain accurate
market quotations for purposes of  valuing the Portfolios and calculating  their
respective net asset values.
   For  a complete description of the rating systems of Moody's and S&P, see the
Appendix to the Statement of Additional Information.
   NON-PUBLICLY TRADED  SECURITIES; RULE  144A  SECURITIES. The  Portfolios  may
purchase securities that are not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended  (the  '1933 Act'),  but that  can be  sold to  'qualified institutional
buyers'  in  accordance  with  Rule  144A   under  the  1933  Act  ('Rule   144A
Securities').  A Rule  144A Security will  be considered  illiquid and therefore
subject to each Portfolio's limitation  on the purchase of illiquid  securities,
unless  the Board determines on an ongoing basis that an adequate trading market
exists for  the  security.  In  addition to  an  adequate  trading  market,  the

                                       9



<PAGE>
Board  will  also consider  factors such  as  trading activity,  availability of
reliable price information and other relevant information in determining whether
a Rule 144A Security is liquid.  This investment practice could have the  effect
of  increasing the  level of  illiquidity in the  Portfolios to  the extent that
qualified institutional buyers become uninterested for a time in purchasing Rule
144A Securities.  The  Board  will  carefully monitor  any  investments  by  the
Portfolios  in Rule 144A Securities. The Board may adopt guidelines and delegate
to Warburg the  daily function of  determining and monitoring  the liquidity  of
Rule 144A Securities, although the Board will retain ultimate responsibility for
any determination regarding liquidity.
   Non-publicly traded securities (including Rule 144A Securities) may involve a
high degree of business and financial risk and may result in substantial losses.
These  securities  may be  less liquid  than publicly  traded securities,  and a
Portfolio may take longer  to liquidate these positions  than would be the  case
for  publicly  traded securities.  Although these  securities  may be  resold in
privately negotiated transactions, the prices realized from these sales could be
less than  those originally  paid  by the  Portfolio. Further,  companies  whose
securities  are not  publicly traded  may not be  subject to  the disclosure and
other investor  protection  requirements  that  would  be  applicable  if  their
securities were publicly traded. A Portfolio's investment in illiquid securities
is  subject to the  risk that should the  Portfolio desire to  sell any of these
securities when a ready buyer is not available  at a price that is deemed to  be
representative  of their value, the value of the Portfolio's net assets could be
adversely affected.

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND TURNOVER RATE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   A Portfolio will attempt  to purchase securities with  the intent of  holding
them  for investment  but may  purchase and  sell portfolio  securities whenever
Warburg believes it to be  in the best interests  of the relevant Portfolio.  In
addition,  to  the  extent  it  is  consistent  with  a  Portfolio's  investment
objective, the Portfolio also may engage in short-term trading. A Portfolio will
not consider  portfolio turnover  rate a  limiting factor  in making  investment
decisions consistent with its investment objective and policies. This investment
approach  and use  of certain of  the investment strategies  described below may
result in a  high portfolio turnover  rate. It  is not possible  to predict  the
portfolio  turnover rates for  the Portfolios; however,  each Portfolio's annual
turnover rate should  not exceed 200%.  High portfolio turnover  rates (100%  or
more) may result in dealer mark ups or underwriting commissions as well as other
transaction  costs, including  correspondingly higher  brokerage commissions. In
addition, short-term gains realized from  portfolio transactions are taxable  to
shareholders   as   ordinary   income.   See   'Dividends,   Distributions   and
Taxes   --    Taxes'   below    and    'Investment   Policies    --    Portfolio
Transactions' in the Statement of Additional Information.
   Newly  issued  Government Securities  normally are  purchased by  a Portfolio
directly from the  issuer or from  an underwriter acting  as a principal.  Other
purchases  and  sales  usually are  placed  by  a Portfolio  with  those dealers

                                       10



<PAGE>
which Warburg determines offer the best price and execution. The purchase  price
paid  by a Portfolio to underwriters of newly issued securities usually includes
a concession paid by the issuer to the underwriter, and purchases of  securities
from  a dealer in the after market normally  are executed at a price between the
bid and asked prices.
   All orders for transactions in securities or options on behalf of a Portfolio
are placed by Warburg with broker-dealers that it selects, including Counsellors
Securities Inc.,  the  Portfolios'  distributor  ('Counsellors  Securities').  A
Portfolio  may utilize Counsellors  Securities in connection  with a purchase or
sale of securities  when Warburg believes  that the charge  for the  transaction
does  not exceed usual and customary levels and when doing so is consistent with
guidelines adopted by the Board.

CERTAIN INVESTMENT STRATEGIES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Although there  is no  intention of  doing so  during the  coming year,  each
Portfolio  may  lend  portfolio  securities and  enter  into  reverse repurchase
agreements and dollar  rolls. Detailed information  concerning each  Portfolio's
strategies  and  related  risks  is  contained below  and  in  the  Statement of
Additional Information.
   OPTIONS, FUTURES AND  CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS.  At the  discretion of  Warburg,
each  Portfolio may, but  is not required  to, engage in  a number of strategies
involving options,  futures and  forward currency  contracts. These  strategies,
commonly  referred  to as  'derivatives,' may  be  used (i)  for the  purpose of
hedging against a  decline in value  of the Portfolio's  current or  anticipated
portfolio  holdings, (ii)  as a substitute  for purchasing  or selling portfolio
securities or (iii) to  seek to generate income  to offset expenses or  increase
return.  TRANSACTIONS  THAT  ARE  NOT CONSIDERED  HEDGING  SHOULD  BE CONSIDERED
SPECULATIVE AND MAY SERVE TO INCREASE A PORTFOLIO'S INVESTMENT RISK. Transaction
costs and  any  premiums  associated  with  these  strategies,  and  any  losses
incurred,  will affect a Portfolio's net asset value and performance. Therefore,
an investment in a Portfolio  may involve a greater  risk than an investment  in
other  mutual funds that do not utilize these strategies. The Portfolios' use of
these strategies may be limited by  position and exercise limits established  by
securities  and commodities exchanges and the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc. and by the Code.
   Securities and Index Options.  Each Portfolio may  purchase and write  (sell)
covered  put and call  options traded on  U.S. and foreign  exchanges as well as
over-the-counter ('OTC') without limit on the  net asset value of the stock  and
debt  securities  in  its  portfolio  and  will  realize  fees  (referred  to as
'premiums') for granting the rights evidenced by the options. The purchaser of a
put option on a security has the right  to compel the purchase by the writer  of
the  underlying security, while the purchaser of  a call option has the right to
purchase the underlying security from the writer. In addition to purchasing  and
writing  options  on  securities, each  Portfolio  may also  purchase  and write
without limit  exchange-listed  and  OTC  put and  call  options  on  securities
indexes. A securities index measures the movement of a

                                       11



<PAGE>
certain  group  of securities  by assigning  relative  values to  the securities
included in the index.
   The potential loss  associated with purchasing  an option is  limited to  the
premium paid, and the premium would partially offset any gains achieved from its
use.  However, for an option  writer the exposure to  adverse price movements in
the underlying security or  index is potentially  unlimited during the  exercise
period.  Writing  securities  options  may result  in  substantial  losses  to a
Portfolio, force the  sale or  purchase of portfolio  securities at  inopportune
times  or  at  less advantageous  prices,  limit  the amount  of  appreciation a
Portfolio could  realize on  its  investments or  require  a Portfolio  to  hold
securities it would otherwise sell.
   Futures Contracts and Related Options. Each Portfolio may enter into interest
rate,  securities index  and currency futures  contracts and  purchase and write
related options  that are  traded on  an exchange  designated by  the  Commodity
Futures Trading Commission (the 'CFTC') or, if consistent with CFTC regulations,
on foreign exchanges. These futures contracts are standardized contracts for the
future  delivery of foreign currency or  an interest rate sensitive security or,
in the case of securities index and certain other futures contracts, are settled
in cash  with  reference to  a  specified multiplier  times  the change  in  the
specified interest rate, index or exchange rate. An option on a futures contract
gives  the purchaser  the right,  in return  for the  premium paid,  to assume a
position in a futures contract.
   Aggregate initial margin and premiums  required to establish positions  other
than  those considered by the CFTC to be  'bona fide hedging' will not exceed 5%
of a Portfolio's net asset value,  after taking into account unrealized  profits
and unrealized losses on any such contracts. Although the Portfolios are limited
in  the amount of assets that may  be invested in futures transactions, there is
no overall limit on the percentage of  a Portfolio's assets that may be at  risk
with respect to futures activities.
   Currency  Exchange Transactions. The Portfolios may conduct currency exchange
transactions either (i) on a spot (i.e.,  cash) basis at the rate prevailing  in
the  currency exchange market,  (ii) through entering  into futures contracts or
options on futures contracts (as  described above), (iii) through entering  into
forward contracts to purchase or sell currency or (iv) by purchasing and writing
exchange-traded  and OTC currency options.  A forward currency contract involves
an obligation to  purchase or sell  a specific currency  at a future  date at  a
price  set at the time of the contract. An option on a foreign currency operates
similarly to an  option on a  security. Risks associated  with currency  forward
contracts and purchasing currency options are similar to those described in this
Prospectus  for futures contracts and securities index options. In addition, the
use of  currency transactions  could result  in losses  from the  imposition  of
foreign  exchange  controls,  suspension  of  settlement  or  other governmental
actions or unexpected events.
   Hedging Considerations. The  Portfolios may  engage in  options, futures  and
currency  transactions for,  among other reasons,  hedging purposes.  A hedge is

                                       12



<PAGE>
designed to offset  a loss  on a  portfolio position with  a gain  in the  hedge
position;  at the same time, however, a properly correlated hedge will result in
a gain in the portfolio position being  offset by a loss in the hedge  position.
As  a  result,  the use  of  options,  futures contracts  and  currency exchange
transactions for  hedging  purposes  could  limit any  potential  gain  from  an
increase  in value  of the  position hedged.  In addition,  the movement  in the
portfolio position hedged may not  be of the same  magnitude as any movement  in
the  hedge. A  Portfolio will  engage in  hedging transactions  only when deemed
advisable by Warburg, and successful use of hedging transactions will depend  on
Warburg's  ability to  correctly predict movements  in the hedge  and the hedged
position and the correlation between them,  which could prove to be  inaccurate.
Even  a  well-conceived hedge  may  be unsuccessful  to  some degree  because of
unexpected market behavior or trends.
   Additional Considerations.  To the  extent that  a Portfolio  engages in  the
strategies  described above, the Portfolio may experience losses greater than if
these strategies  had not  been utilized.  In addition  to the  risks  described
above,  these instruments may be illiquid  and/or subject to trading limits, and
the Portfolio may be unable to close  out an option or futures position  without
incurring  substantial losses, if at  all. The Portfolio is  also subject to the
risk of a default by a counterparty to an off-exchange transaction.
   Asset  Coverage.  Each  Portfolio  will  comply  with  applicable  regulatory
requirements  designed to eliminate  any potential for  leverage with respect to
options written by the Portfolio on securities, indexes and currencies; interest
rate, index  and  currency  futures  contracts  and  options  on  these  futures
contracts;  and  forward currency  contracts. The  use  of these  strategies may
require that  the  Portfolio maintain  cash  or  other liquid  assets  that  are
acceptable as collateral to the appropriate regulatory authority in a segregated
account  with  its custodian  or a  designated sub-custodian  to the  extent the
Portfolio's obligations  with  respect to  these  strategies are  not  otherwise
'covered'  through ownership of the underlying security, financial instrument or
currency or  by other  portfolio positions  or by  other means  consistent  with
applicable  regulatory policies. Segregated assets cannot be sold or transferred
unless equivalent  assets are  substituted in  their place  or it  is no  longer
necessary  to  segregate  them.  As  a  result,  there  is  a  possibility  that
segregation of  a  large  percentage  of the  Portfolio's  assets  could  impede
portfolio  management or the Portfolio's ability  to meet redemption requests or
other current obligations.
   ZERO COUPON  SECURITIES. Each  Portfolio may  invest without  limit in  'zero
coupon  securities.' Zero coupon securities pay  no cash income to their holders
until they mature and  are issued at substantial  discounts from their value  at
maturity.  When held to maturity, their  entire return comes from the difference
between their purchase price and their maturity value. Because interest on  zero
coupon  securities is not paid  on a current basis,  the values of securities of
this  type  are  subject  to  greater  fluctuations  than  are  the  values   of

                                       13



<PAGE>
securities  that distribute  income regularly and  may be  more speculative than
such other securities. Accordingly, the values of these securities may be highly
volatile as interest  rates rise or  fall. Redemption of  shares of a  Portfolio
that  require it to sell zero coupon  securities prior to maturity may result in
capital gains or  losses that  may be  substantial. In  addition, a  Portfolio's
investments  in zero coupon securities will  result in special tax consequences,
which are described below under 'Dividends, Distributions and Taxes -- Taxes.'
   WHEN-ISSUED SECURITIES AND DELAYED-DELIVERY TRANSACTIONS. Each Portfolio  may
utilize  up to 20% of  its total assets to  purchase securities on a when-issued
basis and purchase  or sell  securities on  a delayed-delivery  basis. In  these
transactions,  payment  for  and delivery  of  the securities  occur  beyond the
regular settlement dates, normally  within 30-45 days  after the transaction.  A
Portfolio  will not enter into a when-issued or delayed-delivery transaction for
the purpose  of  leverage, but  may  sell the  right  to acquire  a  when-issued
security  prior to its acquisition or dispose of its right to deliver or receive
securities in a delayed-delivery transaction if Warburg deems it advantageous to
do so. The payment  obligation and the  interest rate that  will be received  in
when-issued  and delayed-delivery transactions  are fixed at  the time the buyer
enters into  the commitment.  Due to  fluctuations in  the value  of  securities
purchased  or  sold  on  a when-issued  or  delayed-delivery  basis,  the yields
obtained on such securities may be higher or lower than the yields available  in
the  market on  the dates  when the  investments are  actually delivered  to the
buyers. When-issued securities may include  securities purchased on a 'when,  as
and  if issued' basis  under which the  issuance of the  security depends on the
occurrence of  a subsequent  event,  such as  approval  of a  merger,  corporate
reorganization  or debt restructuring.  A Portfolio will  establish a segregated
account with  its custodian  consisting of  cash or  other liquid  assets in  an
amount  equal to  the amount  of its  when-issued and  delayed-delivery purchase
commitments, and will  segregate the securities  underlying commitments to  sell
securities for delayed delivery.
   INTEREST RATE, INDEX, MORTGAGE AND CURRENCY SWAPS; INTEREST RATE CAPS, FLOORS
AND  COLLARS. Each  Portfolio may enter  into interest rate,  index and mortgage
swaps and interest rate caps, floors and collars for hedging purposes or to seek
to increase total return and may enter into currency swaps for hedging purposes.
Interest rate swaps involve  the exchange by a  Portfolio with another party  of
their  respective commitments to pay or receive interest, such as an exchange of
fixed rate payments for floating rate payments. Index swaps involve the exchange
by a Portfolio with another party of the respective amounts payable with respect
to a notional principal amount at interest rates equal to two specified indexes.
Mortgage swaps  are  similar to  interest  rate  swaps in  that  they  represent
commitments to pay and receive interest. The notional principal amount, however,
is  tied to a reference  pool or pools of  mortgages. Currency swaps involve the
exchange of their  respective rights to  make or receive  payments in  specified
currencies. The

                                       14



<PAGE>
purchase  of an interest rate  cap entitles the purchaser,  to the extent that a
specified index exceeds  a predetermined  interest rate, to  receive payment  of
interest  on a  notional principal amount  from the party  selling such interest
rate cap. The purchase of an interest rate floor entitles the purchaser, to  the
extent  that a  specified index  falls below  a predetermined  interest rate, to
receive payments  of interest  on a  notional principal  amount from  the  party
selling the interest rate floor. An interest rate collar is the combination of a
cap  and a floor that preserves a certain return within a predetermined range of
interest rates.
   A Portfolio will enter into interest rate, index and mortgage swaps only on a
net basis, which means  that the two  payment streams are  netted out, with  the
Portfolio  receiving or paying, as  the case may be, only  the net amount of the
two payments.  Interest  rate, index  and  mortgage  swaps do  not  involve  the
delivery  of securities, other underlying  assets or principal. Accordingly, the
risk of loss with respect to interest rate, index and mortgage swaps is  limited
to  the  net amount  of interest  payments that  the Portfolio  is contractually
obligated to make. If  the other party  to an interest  rate, index or  mortgage
swap  defaults,  the Portfolio's  risk of  loss  consists of  the net  amount of
interest payments that the  Portfolio is contractually  entitled to receive.  In
contrast,  currency swaps usually involve the delivery of a gross payment stream
in one designated currency in exchange  for the gross payment stream in  another
designated  currency. Therefore, the entire payment stream under a currency swap
is subject to  the risk that  the other party  to the swap  will default on  its
contractual delivery obligations. To the extent that the net amount payable by a
Portfolio  under an interest rate, index or  mortgage swap and the entire amount
of the  payment stream  payable  by a  Portfolio under  a  currency swap  or  an
interest  rate cap, floor or collar are  held in a segregated account consisting
of cash or other liquid assets, the Portfolios and Warburg believe that swaps do
not constitute senior securities under the  1940 Act and, accordingly, will  not
treat them as being subject to each Portfolio's borrowing restriction.
   The Portfolios will not enter into interest rate, index, mortgage or currency
swaps,  or interest rate cap, floor  or collar transactions unless the unsecured
commercial paper, senior  debt or claims  paying ability of  the other party  is
rated either AA or A-1 or better by S&P or Aa or P-1 or better by Moody's or, if
unrated  by such rating organizations, determined to be of comparable quality by
Warburg.
   SHORT SALES AGAINST THE BOX.  Each Portfolio may enter  into a short sale  of
securities such that when the short position is open the Portfolio owns an equal
amount of the securities sold short or owns preferred stocks or debt securities,
convertible  or exchangeable without  payment of further  consideration, into an
equal number of securities sold short. This kind of short sale is referred to as
one 'against the box.' The  proceeds of the sale will  generally be held by  the
broker until the settlement date when the Portfolio delivers securities to close
out its short position. Although prior to delivery

                                       15



<PAGE>
the  Portfolio will  have to pay  an amount equal  to any dividends  paid on the
securities sold  short,  the  Portfolio  will receive  the  dividends  from  the
securities sold short or the dividends from the preferred stock or interest from
the  debt securities convertible or exchangeable into the securities sold short,
plus a portion of the interest earned  from the proceeds of the short sale.  The
Portfolio  will  deposit,  in  a  segregated account  with  its  custodian  or a
qualified subcustodian, the securities sold short or convertible or exchangeable
preferred stocks or debt securities in  connection with short sales against  the
box.  Each Portfolio will  endeavor to offset  transaction costs associated with
short sales against  the box with  the income  from the investment  of the  cash
proceeds. Not more than 10% of a Portfolio's net assets (taken at current value)
may be held as collateral for short sales against the box at any one time.
   The  extent to which a  Portfolio may make short sales  may be limited by the
requirement contained in the Code. See 'Dividends, Distributions and Taxes'  for
other tax considerations applicable to short sales.
   FOREIGN  SECURITIES. Each Portfolio  may invest in  the securities of foreign
issuers. There  are  certain  risks  involved  in  investing  in  securities  of
companies  and governments of foreign nations which are in addition to the usual
risks inherent in domestic investments. These risks include those resulting from
fluctuations in  currency  exchange  rates, revaluation  of  currencies,  future
adverse  political  and economic  developments  and the  possible  imposition of
currency exchange blockages or other foreign governmental laws or  restrictions,
reduced  availability  of public  information  concerning issuers,  the  lack of
uniform  accounting,  auditing  and  financial  reporting  standards  and  other
regulatory  practices and requirements  that are often  less rigorous than those
applied in  the United  States. The  yield of  the Portfolios  may be  adversely
affected  by fluctuations in the value of one or more currencies relative to the
U.S. dollar. Moreover, securities of many  foreign companies may be less  liquid
and  their  prices more  volatile than  those of  securities of  comparable U.S.
companies. Certain foreign countries are known to experience long delays between
the trade  and settlement  dates of  securities purchased  or sold.  Due to  the
increased exposure of the Portfolios to market and foreign exchange fluctuations
brought about by such delays and due to the corresponding negative impact on the
Portfolios' liquidity, the Portfolios will avoid investing in countries that are
known  to  experience  settlement  delays which  may  expose  the  Portfolios to
unreasonable risk  of  loss.  In  addition,  with  respect  to  certain  foreign
countries,   there  is   the  possibility   of  expropriation,  nationalization,
confiscatory taxation and limitations  on the use or  removal of funds or  other
assets  of  the Portfolios,  including the  withholding of  dividends. Moreover,
individual foreign economies may differ  favorably or unfavorably from the  U.S.
economy in such respects as growth of gross national product, rate of inflation,
capital   reinvestment,  resource  self-sufficiency   and  balance  of  payments
positions.  Investment  in  foreign  securities   may  also  result  in   higher

                                       16



<PAGE>
operating  expenses due  to the  cost of  converting foreign  currency into U.S.
dollars, the payment of fixed brokerage commissions on foreign exchanges,  which
generally  are higher than  commissions on U.S.  exchanges, higher valuation and
communications costs  and the  expense of  maintaining securities  with  foreign
custodians.
   REITS.  Each Portfolio may invest in real estate investment trusts ('REITs'),
which are pooled investment vehicles  that invest primarily in  income-producing
real estate or real estate related loans or interests. Like regulated investment
companies  such  as the  Trust, REITs  are  not taxed  on income  distributed to
shareholders provided  they comply  with  several requirements  of the  Code.  A
Portfolio  investing in a  REIT will indirectly bear  its proportionate share of
any expenses paid by the REIT in addition to the expenses of the Portfolio.
   Investing in REITs involves certain risks. A REIT may be affected by  changes
in  the value of the underlying property owned by such REIT or by the quality of
any credit extended by the REIT.  REITs are dependent on management skills,  are
not diversified (except to the extent the Code requires), and are subject to the
risks  of financing projects.  REITs are subject to  heavy cash flow dependency,
default by borrowers, self-liquidation, the possibilities of failing to  qualify
for  the exemption from tax for distributed income under the Code and failing to
maintain their exemptions from the 1940 Act. REITs are also subject to  interest
rate risks.

ADDITIONAL STRATEGIES AVAILABLE TO THE FIXED INCOME PORTFOLIO ONLY

   MUNICIPAL  OBLIGATIONS. The  Fixed Income  Portfolio may  invest in Municipal
Obligations. The two principal types of  Municipal Obligations, in terms of  the
source of payment of debt service on the bonds, are general obligation bonds and
revenue  bonds  and  the Portfolio  may  hold  both in  any  proportion. General
obligation bonds are secured  by the issuer's pledge  of its full faith,  credit
and  taxing power for the  payment of principal and  interest. Revenue bonds are
payable only from the  revenues derived from a  particular facility or class  of
facilities  or, in some  cases, from the  proceeds of a  special excise or other
specific revenue source  but not from  the general taxing  power. There are,  of
course,  variations  in the  security of  Municipal  Obligations, both  within a
particular classification and between classifications.
   The Portfolio  may invest  without limit  in Municipal  Obligations that  are
repayable out of revenue streams generated from economically related projects or
facilities or Municipal Obligations whose issuers are located in the same state.
Sizeable  investments in such obligations could involve an increased risk to the
Portfolio should any of such related projects or facilities experience financial
difficulties. The Portfolio intends during the coming year to limit  investments
in such obligations to less than 25% of its assets.
   ALTERNATIVE  MINIMUM TAX BONDS. The Fixed Income Portfolio may invest without
limit in 'Alternative Minimum Tax Bonds,'  which are certain bonds issued  after
August    7,    1986   to    finance   certain    non-governmental   activities.

                                       17



<PAGE>
While the  income from  Alternative Minimum  Tax Bonds  is exempt  from  regular
federal  income tax,  it is a  tax preference  item for purposes  of the federal
individual and corporate 'alternative minimum tax.' The alternative minimum  tax
is  a special tax that applies to a limited number of taxpayers who have certain
adjustments or tax  preference items. Available  returns on Alternative  Minimum
Tax Bonds acquired by the Portfolio may be lower than those from other Municipal
Obligations  acquired by the Portfolio due  to the possibility of federal, state
and local alternative  minimum or  minimum income tax  liability on  Alternative
Minimum Tax Bonds.
   VARIABLE RATE AND MASTER DEMAND NOTES. Municipal Obligations purchased by the
Fixed  Income Portfolio may include variable rate and master demand notes issued
by industrial development authorities and other governmental entities.  Variable
rate  demand  notes  are tax-exempt  Municipal  Obligations that  provide  for a
periodic adjustment in the interest rate paid on the notes. Master demand  notes
are  tax-exempt Municipal Obligations that provide  for a periodic adjustment in
the interest rate  paid (usually  tied to the  Treasury Bill  auction rate)  and
permit  daily  changes in  the amount  borrowed.  While there  may be  no active
secondary market with  respect to a  particular variable rate  or master  demand
note purchased by the Portfolio, the Portfolio may, upon the notice specified in
the note, demand payment of the principal of and accrued interest on the note at
any  time and may resell the  note at any time to  a third party. The absence of
such an  active secondary  market,  however, could  make  it difficult  for  the
Portfolio  to dispose of the variable rate or master demand note involved in the
event the  issuer of  the note  defaulted on  its payment  obligations, and  the
Portfolio  could, for this or other reasons, suffer  a loss to the extent of the
default plus any expenses involved in an attempt to recover the investment.
   STAND-BY  COMMITMENTS.  The  Fixed  Income  Portfolio  may  acquire  stand-by
commitments with respect to Municipal Obligations held in its portfolio. Under a
stand-by  commitment, which  is commonly  known as a  'put', a  dealer agrees to
purchase, at  the  Portfolio's  option, specified  Municipal  Obligations  at  a
specified   price.  The  Portfolio  may  pay  for  stand-by  commitments  either
separately in cash or by paying a higher price for the securities acquired  with
the  commitment, thus  increasing the  cost of  the securities  and reducing the
yield otherwise available from them, and  will be valued at zero in  determining
the  Portfolio's net asset  value. A stand-by commitment  is not transferable by
the  Portfolio,  although  the  Portfolio  can  sell  the  underlying  Municipal
Obligations  to  a third  party  at any  time.  The principal  risk  of stand-by
commitments is that the writer of a commitment may default on its obligation  to
repurchase  the securities acquired with it. The Portfolio intends to enter into
stand-by commitments only with brokers, dealers  and banks that, in the  opinion
of  Warburg, present minimal credit risks. In evaluating the creditworthiness of
the issuer of a stand-by  commitment, Warburg will periodically review  relevant
financial information concerning the issuer's assets, liabilities and contingent
claims. The Portfolio

                                       18



<PAGE>
will  acquire  stand-by  commitments  only  in  order  to  facilitate  portfolio
liquidity and does not intend to exercise its rights under stand-by  commitments
for trading purposes.

INVESTMENT GUIDELINES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Each  Portfolio may  invest up to  15% of  its net assets  in securities with
contractual or other restrictions on resale  and other instruments that are  not
readily  marketable ('illiquid securities'), including  (i) securities issued as
part of a  privately negotiated transaction  between an issuer  and one or  more
purchasers;  (ii) repurchase agreements with maturities greater than seven days;
(iii) time deposits maturing in more than seven calendar days; and (iv)  certain
Rule 144A Securities. In addition, up to 5% of each Portfolio's total assets may
be  invested in warrants. Each Portfolio may  borrow from banks for temporary or
emergency purposes, such  as meeting anticipated  redemption requests,  provided
that  reverse repurchase agreements and any other borrowing by the Portfolio may
not exceed 30% of its total assets, and may pledge its assets in connection with
borrowings. Whenever borrowings (including reverse repurchase agreements) exceed
5% of the value of a Portfolio's  total assets, the Portfolio will not make  any
investments (including roll-overs). Except for the limitations on borrowing, the
investment  guidelines set forth  in this paragraph  may be changed  at any time
without shareholder consent  by vote of  the Board, subject  to the  limitations
contained  in the 1940 Act. A complete list of investment restrictions that each
Portfolio has adopted identifying additional restrictions that cannot be changed
without the approval of  the majority of the  Portfolio's outstanding shares  is
contained in the Statement of Additional Information.

MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIOS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   INVESTMENT  ADVISER.  The Trust employs Warburg as investment adviser to each
Portfolio. Warburg,  subject to  the control  of the  Trust's officers  and  the
Board,  manages the investment and reinvestment  of the assets of each Portfolio
in accordance with  the Portfolio's investment  objective and stated  investment
policies.  Warburg  makes investment  decisions  for each  Portfolio  and places
orders to purchase or sell securities  on behalf of the Portfolio. Warburg  also
employs  a  support staff  of management  personnel to  provide services  to the
Portfolios and  furnishes  each Portfolio  with  office space,  furnishings  and
equipment.
   For  the services provided by Warburg, the  Fixed Income and the Global Fixed
Income Portfolios pay Warburg  a fee calculated  at an annual  rate of .50%  and
1.00%,  respectively,  of the  relevant  Portfolio's average  daily  net assets.
Warburg and the  Trust's co-administrators  may voluntarily waive  a portion  of
their  fees from time to time and temporarily limit the expenses to be paid by a
Portfolio.
   Warburg  is  a  professional  investment  counselling  firm  which   provides
investment  services  to  investment  endowment  funds,  foundations  and  other
institutions  and  individuals.  As  of  December  31,  1996,  Warburg   managed
approximately  $     billion of assets,  including approximately $    billion of

                                       19



<PAGE>
investment company  assets. Incorporated  in  1970, Warburg  is a  wholly  owned
subsidiary  of Warburg,  Pincus Counsellors  G.P. ('Warburg  G.P.'), a  New York
general partnership. E.M. Warburg, Pincus  & Co., Inc. ('EMW') controls  Warburg
through  its ownership of a class of  voting preferred stock of Warburg. Warburg
G.P. has no  business other  than being  a holding  company of  Warburg and  its
subsidiaries.  Warburg's address  is 466  Lexington Avenue,  New York,  New York
10017-3147.
   PORTFOLIO MANAGERS. Dale C. Christensen is a co-portfolio manager of each  of
the  Portfolios. Mr.  Christensen is  a managing  director of  EMW and  has been
associated with EMW since 1989, before which time he was a senior vice president
at Citibank, N.A. He has been with each Portfolio since inception. M. Anthony E.
van Daalen is  a co-portfolio  manager of the  Fixed Income  Portfolio. Mr.  van
Daalen has been a vice president and co-portfolio manager at Warburg since 1992,
prior  to which time he was an  assistant vice president at Citibank, N.A. Laxmi
C. Bhandari, also a vice president of Warburg, is a co-portfolio manager of  the
Global  Fixed Income Portfolio. Mr. Bhandari  has been a co-portfolio manager at
Warburg since 1993, before  which time he  was a vice  president at the  Paribas
Corporation.
   CO-ADMINISTRATORS.    The Trust  employs Counsellors  Funds Service,  Inc., a
wholly  owned  subsidiary   of  Warburg  ('Counsellors   Service'),  as  a   co-
administrator.  As  co-administrator, Counsellors  Service  provides shareholder
liaison  services  to  the  Portfolios,  including  responding  to   shareholder
inquiries  and  providing  information on  shareholder  investments. Counsellors
Service also performs a variety of other services, including furnishing  certain
executive  and administrative services, acting as liaison between the Portfolios
and their various service providers, furnishing corporate secretarial  services,
which  include preparing  materials for meetings  of the  Board, preparing proxy
statements and  annual, semiannual  and quarterly  reports, assisting  in  other
regulatory  filings  as  necessary  and  monitoring  and  developing  compliance
procedures for the Portfolios. As compensation, each Portfolio pays  Counsellors
Service  a fee calculated at  an annual rate of  .10% of the Portfolio's average
daily net assets.
   The Trust employs  PFPC, an  indirect, wholly  owned subsidiary  of PNC  Bank
Corp.  ('PFPC'), as a  co-administrator. As a  co-administrator, PFPC calculates
each Portfolio's  net asset  value,  provides all  accounting services  for  the
Portfolio  and  assists in  related aspects  of  the Portfolio's  operations. As
compensation the Fixed Income Portfolio pays PFPC a fee calculated at an  annual
rate  of .05% of the  Portfolio's average daily net  assets and the Global Fixed
Income Portfolio pays PFPC  a fee calculated  at an annual rate  of .12% of  the
Portfolio's  first $250 million  in average daily  net assets, .10%  of the next
$250 million in  average daily  net assets,  .08% of  the next  $250 million  in
average  daily  net assets,  and  .05% of  average  daily net  assets  over $750
million. PFPC has  its principal  offices at 400  Bellevue Parkway,  Wilmington,
Delaware 19809.

                                       20



<PAGE>
   CUSTODIANS. PNC Bank, National Association ('PNC') serves as custodian of the
assets  of  each  of  the  Portfolios.  Fiduciary  Trust  Company  International
('Fiduciary') also serves as  custodian of the  Global Fixed Income  Portfolio's
assets.  Like PFPC,  PNC is  a subsidiary  of PNC  Bank Corp.  and its principal
business address  is  Broad  and Chestnut  Streets,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania
19101.  Fiduciary's principal  business address is  Two World  Trade Center, New
York, New York 10048.
   TRANSFER AGENT.  State Street Bank and Trust Company ('State Street')  serves
as shareholder servicing agent, transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent for
the  Portfolios. It has delegated to Boston Financial Data Services, Inc., a 50%
owned  subsidiary  ('BFDS'),  responsibility  for  most  shareholder   servicing
functions.  BFDS's principal business address is 2 Heritage Drive, North Quincy,
Massachusetts 02171.  The principal  business  address of  State Street  is  225
Franklin Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.
   DISTRIBUTOR.   Counsellors   Securities   serves   without   compensation  as
distributor of the shares of the Portfolios. Counsellors Securities is a  wholly
owned  subsidiary of Warburg and  is located at 466  Lexington Avenue, New York,
New York 10017-3147.
   For administration,  subaccounting, transfer  agency and/or  other  services,
Counsellors  Securities  or  its  affiliates  may  pay  Participating  Insurance
Companies and Plans  or their affiliates  or entities that  provide services  to
them  ('Service Organizations') with  whom it enters into  agreements up to .25%
(the 'Service Fee') of the annual  average value of accounts maintained by  such
Organizations   with  a  Portfolio.  A  Service  Organization  may  directly  or
indirectly pay  a portion  of this  Service Fee  to a  Portfolio's custodian  or
transfer  agent  for costs  related to  accounts  of the  Service Organizations'
clients or customers. The Service Fee payable to any one Service Organization is
determined based upon a number of  factors, including the nature and quality  of
the   services  provided,   the  operations   processing  requirements   of  the
relationship and the standardized fee schedule of the Service Organization.
   Warburg or  its affiliates  may, at  their own  expense, provide  promotional
incentives  to  qualified  recipients  who  support  the  sale  of  shares  of a
Portfolio, consisting of securities  dealers who have  sold Portfolio shares  or
others,   including  banks  and  other  financial  institutions,  under  special
arrangements. In some instances, these incentives may be offered only to certain
institutions whose representatives provide services in connection with the  sale
or expected sale of significant amounts of a Portfolio's shares.
   TRUSTEES  AND OFFICERS.   The officers  of the Trust  manage each Portfolio's
day-to-day operations and are directly responsible to the Board. The Board  sets
broad  policies for each Portfolio  and chooses the Trust's  officers. A list of
the Trustees and officers and a  brief statement of their present positions  and
principal  occupations during the past five years  is set forth in the Statement
of Additional Information.

                                       21



<PAGE>
HOW TO PURCHASE AND REDEEM SHARES IN THE PORTFOLIOS_
   Individual investors  may  not  purchase  or redeem  shares  of  a  Portfolio
directly;  shares may be  purchased or redeemed  only through Variable Contracts
offered by separate  accounts of  Participating Insurance  Companies or  through
Plans,  including participant-directed Plans which elect  to make a Portfolio an
investment option for Plan participants. Please  refer to the prospectus of  the
sponsoring  Participating  Insurance Company  separate  account or  to  the Plan
documents or  other  informational  materials  supplied  by  Plan  sponsors  for
instructions on purchasing or selling a Variable Contract and on how to select a
Portfolio as an investment option for a Variable Contract or Plan.
   PURCHASES.  All investments in the Portfolios are credited to a Participating
Insurance   Company's  separate  account  immediately   upon  acceptance  of  an
investment by a Portfolio. Each Participating Insurance Company receives  orders
from  its contract owners to purchase or redeem shares of a Portfolio on any day
that the  Portfolio calculates  its net  asset value  (a 'business  day').  That
night,  all orders received by the  Participating Insurance Company prior to the
close of  regular trading  on the  New  York Stock  Exchange Inc.  (the  'NYSE')
(currently 4:00 p.m., Eastern time) on that business day are aggregated, and the
Participating  Insurance Company places  a net purchase  or redemption order for
shares of a Portfolio during the morning of the next business day. These  orders
are  executed at the net  asset value (described below  under 'Net Asset Value')
computed at the close of  regular trading on the  NYSE on the previous  business
day  in order  to provide  a match  between the  contract owners'  orders to the
Participating Insurance  Company  and  that  Participating  Insurance  Company's
orders to a Portfolio.
   Plan  participants may invest in shares of  a Portfolio through their Plan by
directing the Plan trustee  to purchase shares  for their account.  Participants
should  contact their  Plan sponsor  for information  concerning the appropriate
procedure for investing in the Portfolio.
   Each Portfolio reserves  the right to  suspend the offering  of shares for  a
period  of time or to reject any specific purchase order. Purchase orders may be
refused if, in  Warburg's opinion, they  are of  a size that  would disrupt  the
management  of a Portfolio. A  Portfolio may discontinue sales  of its shares if
management believes that a substantial further increase in assets may  adversely
affect  that Portfolio's  ability to achieve  its investment  objective. In such
event, however, it  is anticipated  that existing Variable  Contract owners  and
Plan participants would be permitted to continue to authorize investment in such
Portfolio and to reinvest any dividends or capital gains distributions.
   REDEMPTIONS.   Shares  of a  Portfolio may be  redeemed on  any business day.
Redemption orders which  are received  by a Participating  Insurance Company  or
Plan  or its  agent prior to  the close  of regular trading  on the  NYSE on any
business day and  transmitted to  the Trust or  its specified  agent during  the
morning  of  the next  business day  will be  processed at  the net  asset value
computed at the close of  regular trading on the  NYSE on the previous  business
day. Redemption proceeds will normally be wired to the

                                       22



<PAGE>
Participating  Insurance Company or  Plan the business  day following receipt of
the redemption order, but  in no event  later than seven  days after receipt  of
such order.

DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   DIVIDENDS  AND DISTRIBUTIONS.   Each Portfolio calculates  its dividends from
net investment  income.  Net investment  income  includes interest  accrued  and
dividends  earned  on the  Portfolio's portfolio  securities for  the applicable
period less applicable expenses. Each Portfolio declares dividends from its  net
investment  income annually. Net  investment income earned  on weekends and when
the NYSE is not open will be computed as of the next business day. Distributions
of net realized  long-term and  short-term capital gains  are declared  annually
and,  as a general rule, will be distributed or paid after the end of the fiscal
year in which they are earned. Dividends and distributions will automatically be
reinvested in additional  shares of the  relevant Portfolio at  net asset  value
unless,  in the case  of a Variable Contract,  a Participating Insurance Company
elects to have dividends or distributions paid in cash.
   TAXES.  For a discussion  of the tax status of  a Variable Contract or  Plan,
refer  to  the  sponsoring  Participating  Insurance  Company  separate  account
prospectus or Plan documents or  other informational materials supplied by  Plan
sponsors.
   Each  Portfolio  intends  to qualify  each  year as  a  'regulated investment
company' within the meaning  of the Code. Each  Portfolio intends to  distribute
all  of  its net  income and  capital  gains to  its shareholders  (the Variable
Contracts and Plans).
   Because shares  of the  Portfolios  may be  purchased only  through  Variable
Contracts and Plans, it is anticipated that any income dividends or capital gain
distributions  from a  Portfolio are  taxable, if  at all,  to the Participating
Insurance Companies and Plans  and will be exempt  from current taxation of  the
Variable  Contract owner  or Plan participant  if left to  accumulate within the
Variable Contract or  Plan. Generally,  withdrawals from  Variable Contracts  or
Plans  may be subject to ordinary  income tax and, if made  before age 59 1/2, a
10% penalty tax.
   The investments  by  the Portfolios  in  zero coupon  securities  may  create
special  tax consequences. Zero coupon securities do not make interest payments,
although a portion of the difference  between a zero coupon security's  maturity
value  and its purchase price  is imputed as income  to the Portfolios each year
even though the Portfolios  receive no cash  distribution until maturity.  Under
the U.S. federal tax laws applicable to mutual funds, the Portfolios will not be
subject  to  tax on  this income  if  they pay  dividends to  their shareholders
substantially equal to all the income received from, or imputed with respect to,
their investments during the year, including their zero coupon securities. These
dividends ordinarily will constitute taxable  income to the shareholders of  the
Portfolios.
   Certain  provisions  of the  Code may  require  that a  gain recognized  by a
Portfolio upon the closing of  a short sale be  treated as a short-term  capital
gain,  and that a loss  recognized by the Portfolio upon  the closing of a short

                                       23



<PAGE>
sale be treated as a  long-term capital loss, regardless  of the amount of  time
that  the  Portfolio  held  the  securities used  to  close  the  short  sale. A
Portfolio's use of short  sales may also affect  the holding periods of  certain
securities   held  by  the  Portfolio  if  such  securities  are  'substantially
identical' to securities  used by  the Portfolio to  close the  short sale.  The
Portfolio's  short  selling activities  will  not result  in  unrelated business
taxable income to a tax-exempt investor.
   Special Tax Matters Relating to the Fixed Income Portfolio. The Fixed  Income
Portfolio  does not expect to meet the  tax requirements that would enable it to
pay exempt-interest dividends with respect  to income derived from its  holdings
of Municipal Obligations.
   INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE REQUIREMENTS.  Each Portfolio intends to comply with
the  diversification  requirements  currently imposed  by  the  Internal Revenue
Service  on  separate  accounts  of  insurance  companies  as  a  condition   of
maintaining  the tax-deferred status of Variable Contracts. See the Statement of
Additional Information for more specific information.

NET ASSET VALUE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Each Portfolio's net asset value per share  is calculated as of the close  of
regular  trading on the NYSE on each business day, Monday through Friday, except
on days when the NYSE is closed. The NYSE is currently scheduled to be closed on
New Year's Day,  Washington's Birthday,  Good Friday,  Memorial Day  (observed),
Independence  Day, Labor  Day, Thanksgiving  Day and  Christmas Day,  and on the
preceding Friday  or subsequent  Monday when  one  of the  holidays falls  on  a
Saturday  or  Sunday,  respectively.  The  net asset  value  per  share  of each
Portfolio generally changes every day.
   The net asset value per share of  each Portfolio is computed by dividing  the
value  of  the  Portfolio's  net  assets  by  the  total  number  of  its shares
outstanding.
   Securities listed on a U.S. securities exchange (including securities  traded
through  the NASDAQ  National Market System)  or foreign  securities exchange or
traded in an OTC market will be valued on the basis of the closing value on  the
date  on which  the valuation  is made.  Options and  futures contracts  will be
valued similarly.  Debt obligations  that mature  in 60  days or  less from  the
valuation  date are  valued on  the basis  of amortized  cost, unless  the Board
determines that using this valuation  method would not reflect the  investments'
value.
   Securities, options and futures contracts for which market quotations are not
readily  available  and other  assets  will be  valued  at their  fair  value as
determined in good faith pursuant to consistently applied procedures established
by the Board. Further information  regarding valuation policies is contained  in
the Statement of Additional Information.

PERFORMANCE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   From  time to  time, each  Portfolio may  advertise yield  and average annual
total return of its shares over various periods of time. The yield refers to net
investment income generated by the  Portfolio's shares over a specified  thirty-

                                       24



<PAGE>
day  period, which  is then  annualized. That is,  the amount  of net investment
income generated  by the  Portfolio's shares  during that  thirty-day period  is
assumed  to be generated over a 12-month period  and is shown as a percentage of
the investment. These total return figures show the average percentage change in
value of an  investment in  the Portfolio from  the beginning  of the  measuring
period  to the end of  the measuring period. The  figures reflect changes in the
price of  the  Portfolio's shares  assuming  that any  income  dividends  and/or
capital  gain  distributions  made  by  the  Portfolio  during  the  period were
reinvested in shares  of the Portfolio.  Total return will  be shown for  recent
one-,  five- and ten-year  periods, and may  be shown for  other periods as well
(such as from commencement of the  Portfolio's operations or on a  year-by-year,
quarterly or current year-to-date basis).
   Total  returns quoted for the Portfolios include the effect of deducting each
Portfolio's expenses, but may not  include charges and expenses attributable  to
any  particular Variable  Contract or Plan.  Accordingly, the  prospectus of the
sponsoring Participating Insurance Company separate account or Plan documents or
other informational  materials supplied  by Plan  sponsors should  be  carefully
reviewed  for  information on  relevant  charges and  expenses.  Excluding these
charges and expenses  from quotations  of each Portfolio's  performance has  the
effect  of increasing  the performance quoted,  and the effect  of these charges
should be considered when comparing a  Portfolio's performance to that of  other
mutual funds.
   When  considering average annual total return figures for periods longer than
one year, it is important to note that  the annual total return for one year  in
the  period might  have been  greater or  less than  the average  for the entire
period. When considering total return figures for periods shorter than one year,
investors should bear in mind that  each Portfolio seeks long term  appreciation
and  that such return may  not be representative of  a Portfolio's return over a
longer market  cycle. Each  Portfolio  may also  advertise its  aggregate  total
return  figures for various periods, representing the cumulative change in value
of an investment  in the  Portfolio for  the specific  period (again  reflecting
changes  in Portfolio's share prices and  assuming reinvestment of dividends and
distributions). Aggregate and  average total returns  may be shown  by means  of
schedules,  charts or graphs and may indicate various components of total return
(i.e., change in value of initial investment, income dividends and capital  gain
distributions).
   Investors  should note that yield and  return figures are based on historical
earnings and are not intended to  indicate future performance. The Statement  of
Additional  Information describes  the method  used to  determine the  yield and
total return. Current  total return  figures may  be obtained  by calling  (800)
369-2728.
   In reports or other communications to investors or in advertising material, a
Portfolio  or a  Participating Insurance  Company or  Plan sponsor  may describe
general economic and market conditions affecting the Portfolio. Performance  may
be  compared  with (i)  that of  other mutual  funds as  listed in  the rankings
prepared by Lipper Analytical Services, Inc. or similar

                                       25



<PAGE>
investment services that monitor the performance of mutual funds or as set forth
in the  publications  listed  below;  (ii)  in the  case  of  the  Fixed  Income
Portfolio, with the Lehman Brothers Intermediate Government/Corporate Bond Index
(an  unmanaged  index of  government and  corporate  bonds calculated  by Lehman
Brothers); and  in the  case of  the  Global Fixed  Income Portfolio,  with  the
Salomon    Brothers    World   Government    Bond   Index-Hedged    (a   hedged,
market-capitalization weighted  index designed  to track  major government  debt
markets), the J.P. Morgan Traded Index (an index of non-U.S. dollar bonds of ten
countries  with  active bond  markets); or  (iii)  other appropriate  indexes of
investment securities  or  with data  developed  by Warburg  derived  from  such
indexes.  A  Portfolio or  a Participating  Insurance  Company may  also include
evaluations published by nationally recognized ranking services and by financial
publications that are  nationally recognized, such  as Barron's, Business  Week,
Financial  Times,  Forbes,  Fortune,  Inc.,  Institutional  Investor, Investor's
Business Daily, Money, Morningstar, Inc.,  Mutual Fund Magazine, SmartMoney  and
The Wall Street Journal.
   In  reports  or other  communications to  investors  or in  advertising, each
Portfolio or a Participating Insurance Company or Plan sponsor may also describe
the general  biography or  work  experience of  the  portfolio managers  of  the
Portfolio  and  may include  quotations attributable  to the  portfolio managers
describing approaches taken  in managing the  Portfolio's investments,  research
methodology  underlying stock selection or the Portfolio's investment objective.
In addition, a Portfolio and its portfolio managers may render periodic  updates
of  Portfolio activity, which may include  a discussion of significant portfolio
holdings and analysis of holdings by industry, country, credit quality and other
characteristics. Each  Portfolio may  also  discuss the  continuum of  risk  and
return  relating to  different investments and  the potential  impact of foreign
securities  on   a  portfolio   otherwise  composed   of  domestic   securities.
Morningstar,  Inc. rates funds in broad categories based on risk/reward analyses
over various periods  of time. In  addition, each Portfolio  or a  Participating
Insurance  Company or Plan sponsor may from time to time compare the Portfolio's
expense ratio  to  that of  investment  companies with  similar  objectives  and
policies, based on data generated by Lipper Analytical Services, Inc. or similar
investment services that monitor mutual funds.

GENERAL INFORMATION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   TRUST  ORGANIZATION.  The Trust was organized  on December 16, 1996 under the
laws of The Commonwealth of  Massachusetts as a 'Massachusetts business  trust.'
The  Trust's Declaration  of Trust  authorizes the  Board to  issue an unlimited
number of full and fractional shares of beneficial interest, $.001 par value per
share. Shares of  two series  have been authorized.  The Board  may classify  or
reclassify  any  of  its  shares  into one  or  more  additional  series without
shareholder approval.
   VOTING RIGHTS.  When matters are submitted for shareholder vote, shareholders
of each Portfolio will  have one vote  for each full  share held and  fractional
votes   for  fractional  shares  held.  Generally,  shares  of  the  Trust  will

                                       26



<PAGE>
vote by individual Portfolio on all  matters except where otherwise required  by
law.  There will  normally be  no meetings  of shareholders  for the  purpose of
electing Trustees unless  and until such  time as  less than a  majority of  the
members holding office have been elected by shareholders. Shareholders of record
of  no less than two-thirds of the outstanding  shares of the Trust may remove a
Trustee through a declaration in writing or  by vote cast in person or by  proxy
at  a meeting called for that purpose. A  meeting will be called for the purpose
of voting on the removal of a Trustee  at the written request of holders of  10%
of  the Trust's outstanding shares. Under current law, a Participating Insurance
Company is required to request voting instructions from Variable Contract owners
and must vote all Trust shares held in the separate account in proportion to the
voting instructions received. Plans may or may not pass through voting rights to
Plan participants, depending on the terms of the Plan's governing documents. For
a  more  complete  discussion  of   voting  rights,  refer  to  the   sponsoring
Participating   Insurance  Company  separate  account  prospectus  or  the  Plan
documents or other informational materials supplied by Plan sponsors.
   CONFLICTS OF INTEREST.   Each  Portfolio offers  its shares  to (i)  Variable
Contracts offered through separate accounts of Participating Insurance Companies
which  may or  may not be  affiliated with  each other and  (ii) Plans including
Participant-directed Plans which elect to make a Portfolio an investment  option
for   Plan  participants.  Due  to  differences   of  tax  treatment  and  other
considerations, the  interests  of various  Variable  Contract owners  and  Plan
participants  participating in a Portfolio may  conflict. The Board will monitor
the Portfolios for any material conflicts that may arise and will determine what
action, if any, should be taken. If a conflict occurs, the Board may require one
or more  Participating  Insurance  Company separate  accounts  and/or  Plans  to
withdraw its investments in one or both Portfolios. As a result, a Portfolio may
be  forced to  sell securities at  disadvantageous prices  and orderly portfolio
management could be disrupted. In addition, the Board may refuse to sell  shares
of  a Portfolio to any Variable Contract or Plan or may suspend or terminate the
offering of  shares  of  a Portfolio  if  such  action is  required  by  law  or
regulatory  authority or  is in  the best interests  of the  shareholders of the
Portfolio.
   SHAREHOLDER  COMMUNICATIONS.  Participating  Insurance  Companies  and   Plan
trustees  will  receive semiannual  and audited  annual  reports, each  of which
includes a  list  of the  investment  securities held  by  the Portfolio  and  a
statement  of  the  performance  of  the  Portfolio.  Periodic  listings  of the
investment securities held  by the  Portfolios may  be obtained  by calling  the
Trust at (800) 369-2728.
   Since  the  prospectuses  of  the  Portfolios  are  combined  in  this single
Prospectus,  it  is  possible  that  a   Portfolio  may  become  liable  for   a
misstatement, inaccuracy or omission in this Prospectus with regard to the other
Portfolio.

                                       27



<PAGE>
   NO  PERSON  HAS  BEEN AUTHORIZED  TO  GIVE  ANY INFORMATION  OR  TO  MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, THE STATEMENT  OF
ADDITIONAL   INFORMATION  OR  THE  PORTFOLIOS'   OFFICIAL  SALES  LITERATURE  IN
CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING OF SHARES OF THE PORTFOLIOS, AND IF GIVEN OR  MADE,
SUCH OTHER INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED BY THE PORTFOLIO. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER OF THE
SHARES  OF THE PORTFOLIOS IN ANY STATE IN  WHICH, OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM, SUCH
OFFER MAY NOT LAWFULLY BE MADE.

                                       28



<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                       <C>
The Trust's Expenses....................................................    2
Investment Objectives and Policies......................................    3
Portfolio Investments...................................................    4
Risk Factors and Special Considerations.................................    8
Portfolio Transactions and Turnover Rate................................   10
Certain Investment Strategies...........................................   11
Investment Guidelines...................................................   19
Management of the Portfolios............................................   19
How to Purchase and Redeem Shares in the Portfolios.....................   22
Dividends, Distributions and Taxes......................................   23
Net Asset Value.........................................................   24
Performance.............................................................   24
General Information.....................................................   26
</TABLE>

                    P.O. BOX 9030, BOSTON, MA 02205-9030
                                 800-369-2728
                                                                TRBDF-1-0296
                                     [Logo]

<PAGE>

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.  THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A
PROSPECTUS.








<PAGE>




                   Subject to Completion dated January 2, 1997


                       STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

                                 _________, 1997

                             WARBURG PINCUS TRUST II

                             Fixed Income Portfolio
                          Global Fixed Income Portfolio

                 P.O. Box 9030, Boston, Massachusetts 02205-9030
                      For information, call (800) 369-2728


                                    Contents
                                    --------
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

Investment Objectives..........................................................2
Investment Policies............................................................2
Management of the Trust.......................................................27
Additional Purchase and Redemption Information................................34
Additional Information Concerning Taxes.......................................34
Determination of Performance..................................................37
Independent Accountants and Counsel...........................................38
Financial Statements..........................................................38
Appendix -- Description Of Ratings...........................................A-1


         This  Statement  of  Additional  Information  is  meant  to be  read in
conjunction with the Prospectus of Warburg Pincus Trust II (the "Trust"),  dated
________,   1997,  as  amended  or  supplemented  from  time  to  time,  and  is
incorporated  by  reference  in its  entirety  into that  Prospectus.  The Trust
currently  offers two managed  investment  funds, the Fixed Income Portfolio and
the  Global  Fixed  Income  Portfolio  (together  the  "Portfolios"  and  each a
"Portfolio")  which are described in this  Statement of Additional  Information.
Shares of a Portfolio are not available directly to individual investors but may
be  offered  only  to  certain  (i)  life  insurance  companies  ("Participating
Insurance  Companies")  for  allocation  to certain of their  separate  accounts
established for the purpose of funding variable  annuity  contracts and variable
life insurance policies (together  "Variable  Contracts") and (ii) tax-qualified
pension and retirement plans  ("Plans"),  including  participant-directed  Plans
which  elect to make a Portfolio  an  investment  option for Plan  participants.
Because this Statement of Additional Information is not itself a prospectus,  no
investment in shares of a Portfolio  should be made solely upon the  information
contained  herein.  Copies of the Trust's  Prospectus and information  regarding
each of the Portfolios' current performance may be obtained by calling the Trust
at  (800)  369-2728  or  by  writing  to  the  Trust,  P.O.  Box  9030,  Boston,
Massachusetts 02205-9030.


<PAGE>

                              INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES

         The investment  objective of the Fixed Income Portfolio is total return
consistent with prudent investment  management.  The investment objective of the
Global Fixed Income Portfolio is total return consistent with prudent investment
management,  consisting of a combination of interest income,  currency gains and
capital appreciation.

                               INVESTMENT POLICIES

         The following policies  supplement the descriptions of each Portfolio's
investment objective and policies in the Prospectus.

Options, Futures and Currency Exchange Transactions
- ---------------------------------------------------

         Securities  Options.  Each  Portfolio  may write  covered  put and call
options on stock and debt  securities  and may  purchase  such  options that are
traded on foreign and U.S. exchanges, as well as over-the-counter ("OTC").

         Each Portfolio  realizes fees (referred to as "premiums")  for granting
the rights  evidenced by the options it has written.  A put option  embodies the
right of its  purchaser to compel the writer of the option to purchase  from the
option holder an underlying  security at a specified  price for a specified time
period or at a specified time. In contrast,  a call option embodies the right of
its purchaser to compel the writer of the option to sell to the option holder an
underlying  security  at a specified  price for a specified  time period or at a
specified time.

         The  principal  reason for writing  covered options on a security is to
attempt to realize, through the receipt of premiums, a greater return than would
be realized on the securities alone. In return for a premium, a Portfolio as the
writer of a covered call option  forfeits the right to any  appreciation  in the
value of the  underlying  security  above the  strike  price for the life of the
option (or until a closing purchase transaction can be effected).  Nevertheless,
the Portfolio as a put or call writer retains the risk of a decline in the price
of the  underlying  security.  The size of the premiums  that the  Portfolio may
receive may be  adversely  affected as new or existing  institutions,  including
other  investment   companies,   engage  in  or  increase  their  option-writing
activities.

         If security prices rise, a put writer would generally expect to profit,
although its gain would be limited to the amount of the premium it received.  If
security  prices  remain the same over time,  it is likely  that the writer will
also profit, because it should be able to close out the option at a lower price.
If security prices fall, the put writer would expect to suffer a loss. This loss
should be less than the loss from purchasing the underlying instrument directly,
however, because the premium received for writing the option should mitigate the
effects of the decline.

         In the case of options  written by a Portfolio  that are deemed covered
by virtue of the Portfolio's holding convertible or exchangeable preferred stock
or debt securities, the time required to convert or exchange and obtain physical
delivery of the underlying  common stock with respect to which the Portfolio has
written  options  may  exceed  the time  within  which the  Portfolio  must make
delivery in accordance with an exercise notice. In these instances, the




                                      -2-
<PAGE>



Portfolio  may purchase or  temporarily  borrow the  underlying  securities  for
purposes of physical  delivery.  By so doing,  the  Portfolio  will not bear any
market risk,  since the Portfolio  will have the absolute  right to receive from
the issuer of the  underlying  security an equal number of shares to replace the
borrowed securities, but the Portfolio may incur additional transaction costs or
interest expenses in connection with any such purchase or borrowing.

         Additional  risks exist with respect to certain of the  securities  for
which the Portfolios may write covered call options. For example, if a Portfolio
writes covered call options on mortgage-backed  securities,  the mortgage-backed
securities  that it holds as cover may,  because of  scheduled  amortization  or
unscheduled  prepayments,  cease to be  sufficient  cover.  If this occurs,  the
Portfolio  will  compensate  for  the  decline  in the  value  of the  cover  by
purchasing an appropriate additional amount of mortgage-backed securities.

         Options  written by a Portfolio  will  normally have  expiration  dates
between one and nine months from the date  written.  The  exercise  price of the
options  may be below,  equal to or above the  market  values of the  underlying
securities  at the times the options are written.  In the case of call  options,
these  exercise  prices are referred to as  "in-the-money,"  "at-the-money"  and
"out-of-the-money," respectively. The Portfolios may write (i) in-the-money call
options when Warburg,  Pincus  Counsellors,  Inc.,  the  Portfolios'  investment
adviser  ("Warburg"),  expects that the price of the  underlying  security  will
remain flat or decline  moderately  during the option period,  (ii) at-the-money
call options when Warburg expects that the price of the underlying security will
remain  flat  or  advance   moderately   during  the  option  period  and  (iii)
out-of-the-money  call options when Warburg  expects that the premiums  received
from  writing  the call  option  plus the  appreciation  in market  price of the
underlying  security  up  to  the  exercise  price  will  be  greater  than  the
appreciation  in the  price  of the  underlying  security  alone.  In any of the
preceding  situations,  if the market price of the underlying  security declines
and the  security is sold at this lower price,  the amount of any realized  loss
will be offset  wholly  or in part by the  premium  received.  Out-of-the-money,
at-the-money and in-the-money put options (the reverse of call options as to the
relation  of  exercise  price to market  price)  may be used in the same  market
environments  that such call  options are used in  equivalent  transactions.  To
secure its obligation to deliver the  underlying  security when it writes a call
option,  a  Portfolio  will be  required  to deposit  in escrow  the  underlying
security or other assets in  accordance  with the rules of the Options  Clearing
Corporation (the "Clearing Corporation") and of the securities exchange on which
the option is written.

         Prior to their expirations, put and call options may be sold in closing
sale or purchase  transactions (sales or purchases by the Portfolio prior to the
exercise of options that it has purchased or written,  respectively,  of options
of the same series) in which the Portfolio may realize a profit or loss from the
sale.  An option  position may be closed out only where there exists a secondary
market for an option of the same series on a recognized  securities  exchange or
in the OTC market.  When the  Portfolio has purchased an option and engages in a
closing sale transaction,  whether the Portfolio  realizes a profit or loss will
depend upon whether the amount received in the closing sale  transaction is more
or less than the premium the Portfolio  initially  paid for the original  option
plus the related transaction costs.  Similarly, in cases where the Portfolio has
written an option,  it will realize a profit if the cost of the closing purchase
transaction is less than the premium  received upon writing the original  option
and will incur a loss if the cost of the




                                      -3-
<PAGE>



closing  purchase  transaction  exceeds the premium  received  upon  writing the
original option.  The Portfolio may engage in a closing  purchase transaction to
realize a profit, to prevent an underlying security with respect to which it has
written an option from being called or put or, in the case of a call option,  to
unfreeze an underlying security (thereby permitting its sale or the writing of a
new option on the security prior to the outstanding  option's  expiration).  The
obligation of the  Portfolio  under an option it has written would be terminated
by a closing purchase transaction,  but the Portfolio would not be deemed to own
an option  as a result  of the  transaction.  So long as the  obligation  of the
Portfolio as the writer of an option continues, the Portfolio may be assigned an
exercise  notice  by the  broker-dealer  through  which  the  option  was  sold,
requiring the Portfolio to deliver the underlying  security  against  payment of
the exercise price.  This  obligation  terminates when the option expires or the
Portfolio  effects a closing purchase  transaction.  The Portfolio can no longer
effect a closing purchase transaction with respect to an option once it has been
assigned an exercise notice.

         There is no assurance that  sufficient  trading  interest will exist to
create a liquid  secondary  market on a securities  exchange for any  particular
option or at any particular  time, and for some options no such secondary market
may  exist.  A liquid  secondary  market in an  option  may cease to exist for a
variety of reasons.  In the past, for example,  higher than anticipated  trading
activity or order flow or other unforeseen events have at times rendered certain
of the facilities of the Clearing  Corporation and various securities  exchanges
inadequate  and  resulted  in the  institution  of special  procedures,  such as
trading  rotations,  restrictions on certain types of orders or trading halts or
suspensions  in one or more  options.  There can be no  assurance  that  similar
events,  or events that may  otherwise  interfere  with the timely  execution of
customers'  orders,  will not recur.  In such event, it might not be possible to
effect  closing  transactions  in particular  options.  Moreover,  a Portfolio's
ability to terminate options positions established in the OTC market may be more
limited  than for  exchange-traded  options  and may also  involve the risk that
securities  dealers  participating in OTC transactions  would fail to meet their
obligations to the Portfolio.  The Portfolio,  however,  intends to purchase OTC
options only from dealers whose debt securities,  as determined by Warburg,  are
considered  to be investment  grade.  If, as a covered call option  writer,  the
Portfolio  is unable to effect a closing  purchase  transaction  in a  secondary
market,  it will not be able to sell the  underlying  security  until the option
expires or it delivers the underlying  security upon  exercise.  In either case,
the Portfolio would continue to be at market risk on the security and could face
higher transaction costs, including brokerage commissions.

         Securities exchanges generally have established  limitations  governing
the maximum number of calls and puts of each class which may be held or written,
or  exercised  within  certain time periods by an investor or group of investors
acting in concert  (regardless of whether the options are written on the same or
different  securities exchanges or are held, written or exercised in one or more
accounts or through  one or more  brokers).  It is possible  that the Trust or a
Portfolio  and other  clients of Warburg  and certain of its  affiliates  may be
considered to be such a group. A securities  exchange may order the  liquidation
of positions  found to be in violation of these limits and it may impose certain
other  sanctions.  These  limits may  restrict the number of options a Portfolio
will be able to purchase on a particular security.





                                      -4-
<PAGE>



         Securities  Index  Options.  Each  Portfolio  may  purchase  and  write
exchange-listed and OTC put and call options on securities indexes. A securities
index  measures  the  movement of a certain  group of  securities  by  assigning
relative  values to the  securities  included  in the  index,  fluctuating  with
changes in the market values of the securities included in the index. Securities
index  options may be based on a broad or narrow market index or on a particular
industry or market segment.

         Options on  securities  indexes  are  similar to options on  securities
except that (i) the expiration  cycles of securities  index options are monthly,
while those of securities options are currently quarterly, and (ii) the delivery
requirements are different. Instead of giving the right to take or make delivery
of securities at a specified  price,  an option on a securities  index gives the
holder the right to receive a cash "exercise settlement amount" equal to (a) the
amount,  if any, by which the fixed exercise price of the option exceeds (in the
case of a put) or is less than (in the case of a call) the closing  value of the
underlying  index  on the date of  exercise,  multiplied  by (b) a fixed  "index
multiplier."  Receipt of this cash amount will depend upon the closing  level of
the  securities  index upon which the option is based being greater than, in the
case of a call,  or less than,  in the case of a put, the exercise  price of the
index and the  exercise  price of the option  times a  specified  multiple.  The
writer of the option is obligated,  in return for the premium received,  to make
delivery of this amount. Securities index options may be offset by entering into
closing transactions as described above for securities options.

         OTC Options.  The Portfolios may purchase OTC or dealer options or sell
covered OTC options.  Unlike  exchange-listed  options where an  intermediary or
clearing  corporation,  such  as the  Clearing  Corporation,  assures  that  all
transactions  in such  options are properly  executed,  the  responsibility  for
performing  all  transactions  with respect to OTC options rests solely with the
writer  and the  holder of those  options.  A listed  call  option  writer,  for
example,  is  obligated  to deliver the  underlying  securities  to the clearing
organization if the option is exercised,  and the clearing  organization is then
obligated  to pay the writer the  exercise  price of the option.  If a Portfolio
were to purchase a dealer option, however, it would rely on the dealer from whom
it purchased the option to perform if the option were  exercised.  If the dealer
fails to honor the exercise of the option by the Portfolio,  the Portfolio would
lose  the  premium  it paid  for the  option  and the  expected  benefit  of the
transaction.

         Listed options  generally have a continuous  liquid market while dealer
options have none. Consequently, the Portfolio will generally be able to realize
the value of a dealer option it has purchased only by exercising it or reselling
it to the dealer who issued it.  Similarly,  when the Portfolio  writes a dealer
option,  it  generally  will be able  to  close  out  the  option  prior  to its
expiration only by entering into a closing purchase  transaction with the dealer
to which the Portfolio originally wrote the option. Although the Portfolios will
seek to enter into dealer  options  only with dealers who will agree to and that
are  expected  to be capable of  entering  into  closing  transactions  with the
Portfolios, there can be no assurance that a Portfolio will be able to liquidate
a dealer  option  at a  favorable  price at any time  prior to  expiration.  The
inability to enter into a closing transaction may result in material losses to a
Portfolio.  Until a Portfolio,  as a covered OTC call option writer,  is able to
effect  a  closing  purchase  transaction,  it will  not be  able  to  liquidate
securities  (or other assets) used to cover the written  option until the option
expires or is exercised.  This requirement may impair the Portfolio's ability to
sell portfolio securities or, with




                                      -5-
<PAGE>



respect  to  currency  options,  currencies  at a time when  such sale  might be
advantageous.  In the event of insolvency of the other party,  the Portfolio may
be unable to liquidate a dealer option.

         Futures  Activities.  Each  Portfolio may enter into foreign  currency,
interest  rate and  securities  index  futures  contracts and purchase and write
(sell) related options traded on exchanges  designated by the Commodity  Futures
Trading  Commission (the "CFTC") or consistent with CFTC  regulations on foreign
exchanges.  These  transactions  may be  entered  into for "bona  fide  hedging"
purposes as defined in CFTC regulations and other permissible purposes including
hedging against changes in the value of portfolio  securities due to anticipated
changes  in  currency  values,  interest  rates  and/or  market  conditions  and
increasing return.

         A Portfolio will not enter into futures  contracts and related  options
for which the aggregate  initial margin and premiums  (discussed below) required
to establish  positions other than those considered to be "bona fide hedging" by
the CFTC exceed 5% of the  Portfolio's net asset value after taking into account
unrealized  profits and  unrealized  losses on any such contracts it has entered
into.  The  Portfolios  reserve  the right to engage in  transactions  involving
futures contracts and options on futures contracts to the extent allowed by CFTC
regulations  in effect from time to time and in  accordance  with a  Portfolio's
policies.  Although  each  Portfolio  is  limited in the amount of assets it may
invest in futures transactions (as described above and in the Prospectus), there
is no overall limit on the  percentage  of Portfolio  assets that may be at risk
with  respect to futures  activities.  The ability of the  Portfolio to trade in
futures  contracts  and  options  on  futures  contracts  may be  limited by the
requirements  of the  Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended (the  "Code"),
applicable to a regulated investment company.

         Futures Contracts. A foreign currency futures contract provides for the
future sale by one party and the purchase by the other party of a certain amount
of a specified non-U.S.  currency at a specified price, date, time and place. An
interest rate futures contract provides for the future sale by one party and the
purchase  by the other  party of a certain  amount of a specific  interest  rate
sensitive financial  instrument (debt security) at a specified price, date, time
and place.  Securities indexes are capitalization weighted indexes which reflect
the market value of the  securities  listed on the indexes.  A securities  index
futures  contract is an agreement to be settled by delivery of an amount of cash
equal to a specified  multiplier  times the difference  between the value of the
index at the  close of the last  trading  day on the  contract  and the price at
which the agreement is made.

         No  consideration is paid or received by a Portfolio upon entering into
a  futures  contract.  Instead,  the  Portfolio  is  required  to  deposit  in a
segregated  account  with its  custodian  an amount  of cash or cash  equivalent
liquid assets,  equal to  approximately  1% to 10% of the contract  amount (this
amount is subject to change by the exchange on which the contract is traded, and
brokers may charge a higher  amount).  This amount is known as "initial  margin"
and is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the contract
which is returned to the Portfolio  upon  termination  of the futures  contract,
assuming all contractual  obligations have been satisfied.  The broker will have
access to  amounts  in the margin  account  if the  Portfolio  fails to meet its
contractual  obligations.  Subsequent payments,  known as "variation margin," to
and from the broker, will be made daily as the currency, financial instrument or
securities index underlying the futures contract fluctuates, making the long and
short positions in the futures contract more or




                                      -6-
<PAGE>



less valuable, a process known as "marking-to-market."  The Portfolios will also
incur brokerage costs in connection with entering into futures transactions.

         At any time prior to the expiration of a futures contract,  a Portfolio
may elect to close the  position  by taking an  opposite  position,  which  will
operate  to  terminate  the  Portfolio's  existing  position  in  the  contract.
Positions  in futures  contracts  and  options on futures  contracts  (described
below) may be closed out only on the  exchange on which they were  entered  into
(or through a linked  exchange).  No secondary market for such contracts exists.
Although the Portfolios  intend to enter into futures contracts only if there is
an active market for such contracts, there is no assurance that an active market
will exist at any particular  time.  Most futures  exchanges limit the amount of
fluctuation  permitted in futures  contract  prices during a single trading day.
Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular contract, no trades may be
made that day at a price  beyond  that limit or  trading  may be  suspended  for
specified  periods during the day. It is possible that futures  contract  prices
could move to the daily limit for several  consecutive  trading days with little
or no trading,  thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions at an
advantageous  price and  subjecting a Portfolio to substantial  losses.  In such
event,  and in the event of adverse  price  movements,  the  Portfolio  would be
required to make daily cash payments of variation margin. In such situations, if
the Portfolio had  insufficient  cash, it might have to sell  securities to meet
daily variation margin  requirements at a time when it would be  disadvantageous
to do so. In addition,  if the transaction is entered into for hedging purposes,
in such  circumstances the Portfolio may realize a loss on a futures contract or
option that is not offset by an  increase  in the value of the hedged  position.
Losses incurred in futures transactions and the costs of these transactions will
affect the Portfolio's performance.

         Options on Futures Contracts. Each Portfolio may purchase and write put
and call options on foreign currency, interest rate and securities index futures
contracts and may enter into closing  transactions  with respect to such options
to  terminate  existing  positions.  There is no  guarantee  that  such  closing
transactions  can be effected;  the ability to establish and close out positions
on such options will be subject to the existence of a liquid market.

         An option on a currency,  interest  rate or  securities  index  futures
contract, as contrasted with the direct investment in such a contract, gives the
purchaser  the right,  in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in a
futures  contract  at a  specified  exercise  price  at any  time  prior  to the
expiration  date of the  option.  The  writer  of the  option is  required  upon
exercise  to assume an  offsetting  futures  position  (a short  position if the
option is a call and a long  position if the option is a put).  Upon exercise of
an option,  the delivery of the futures  position by the writer of the option to
the holder of the option will be  accompanied  by  delivery  of the  accumulated
balance in the writer's  futures margin account,  which represents the amount by
which the market price of the futures contract  exceeds,  in the case of a call,
or is less than,  in the case of a put, the exercise  price of the option on the
futures  contract.  The  potential  loss related to the purchase of an option on
futures  contracts  is  limited  to  the  premium  paid  for  the  option  (plus
transaction  costs).  Because  the value of the  option is fixed at the point of
sale,  there are no daily cash payments by the  purchaser to reflect  changes in
the value of the  underlying  contract;  however,  the value of the option  does
change  daily and that change  would be  reflected in the net asset value of the
Portfolio.




                                      -7-
<PAGE>



         Currency Exchange Transactions. The value in U.S. dollars of the assets
of a Portfolio that are invested in foreign securities may be affected favorably
or unfavorably by changes in exchange control regulations, and the Portfolio may
incur costs in connection with conversion between various  currencies.  Currency
exchange  transactions  may be from any non-U.S.  currency into U.S.  dollars or
into other  appropriate  currencies.  Each  Portfolio  will conduct its currency
exchange transactions (i) on a spot (i.e., cash) basis at the rate prevailing in
the currency  exchange market,  (ii) through entering into futures  contracts or
options on such  contracts (as  described  above),  (iii) through  entering into
forward contracts to purchase or sell currency or (iv) by purchasing and writing
exchange-traded currency options.

         Forward Currency  Contracts.  A forward currency  contract  involves an
obligation to purchase or sell a specific  currency at a future date,  which may
be any fixed  number of days from the date of the contract as agreed upon by the
parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts are entered
into  in the  interbank  market  conducted  directly  between  currency  traders
(usually  large  commercial  banks and  brokers)  and their  customers.  Forward
currency  contracts  are  similar to  currency  futures  contracts,  except that
futures contracts are traded on commodities exchanges and are standardized as to
contract size and delivery date.

         At or before the  maturity of a forward  contract,  the  Portfolio  may
either sell a portfolio  security and make delivery of the  currency,  or retain
the security and fully or partially offset its contractual obligation to deliver
the  currency  by  negotiating  with its  trading  partner to purchase a second,
offsetting contract. If the Portfolio retains the portfolio security and engages
in an offsetting  transaction,  the  Portfolio,  at the time of execution of the
offsetting transaction,  will incur a gain or a loss to the extent that movement
has occurred in forward contract prices.

         Currency Options. The Portfolios may purchase and write exchange-traded
put and call options on foreign currencies. Put options convey the right to sell
the  underlying  currency at a price which is  anticipated to be higher than the
spot price of the  currency at the time the option is  exercised.  Call  options
convey the right to buy the underlying  currency at a price which is expected to
be lower  than  the  spot  price of the  currency  at the  time  the  option  is
exercised.

         Currency Hedging.  The Portfolios'  currency hedging will be limited to
hedging   involving  either  specific   transactions  or  portfolio   positions.
Transaction  hedging is the purchase or sale of forward currency with respect to
specific receivables or payables of a Portfolio generally accruing in connection
with the purchase or sale of its portfolio  securities.  Position hedging is the
sale of  forward  currency  with  respect to  portfolio  security  positions.  A
Portfolio may not position hedge to an extent greater than the aggregate  market
value (at the time of entering into the hedge) of the hedged securities.

         A decline in the U.S.  dollar value of a foreign  currency in which the
Portfolio's  securities are denominated will reduce the U.S. dollar value of the
securities,  even if their value in the foreign currency remains  constant.  The
use of currency hedges does not eliminate  fluctuations in the underlying prices
of the securities, but it does establish a rate of exchange that can be achieved
in the future. For example,  in order to protect against diminutions in the U.S.
dollar value of  securities  it holds,  a Portfolio  may  purchase  currency put
options. If the value of the




                                      -8-
<PAGE>



currency  does decline,  the Portfolio  will have the right to sell the currency
for a fixed amount in U.S. dollars and will thereby offset, in whole or in part,
the adverse  effect on the U.S.  dollar value of its  securities  that otherwise
would  have  resulted.  Conversely,  if a rise in the  U.S.  dollar  value  of a
currency  in which  securities  to be acquired  are  denominated  is  projected,
thereby  potentially  increasing the cost of the  securities,  the Portfolio may
purchase call options on the particular currency.  The purchase of these options
could  offset,  at least  partially,  the  effects of the adverse  movements  in
exchange rates. The benefit to the Portfolio  derived from purchases of currency
options,  like the benefit derived from other types of options,  will be reduced
by  premiums  and other  transaction  costs.  Because  transactions  in currency
exchange are generally  conducted on a principal  basis,  no fees or commissions
are generally  involved.  Currency  hedging  involves some of the same risks and
considerations as other transactions with similar instruments. Although currency
hedges  limit  the  risk of loss  due to a  decline  in the  value  of a  hedged
currency, at the same time, they also limit any potential gain that might result
should  the  value of the  currency  increase.  If a  devaluation  is  generally
anticipated,  the  Portfolio may not be able to contract to sell a currency at a
price above the devaluation level it anticipates.

         While the values of currency  futures  and options on futures,  forward
currency  contracts  and  currency  options may be expected  to  correlate  with
exchange rates, they will not reflect other factors that may affect the value of
the Portfolio's  investments and a currency hedge may not be entirely successful
in mitigating changes in the value of the Portfolio's investments denominated in
that currency.  A currency hedge, for example,  should protect a Yen-denominated
bond against a decline in the Yen, but will not protect the Portfolio  against a
price decline if the issuer's creditworthiness deteriorates.

         Hedging.  In addition to entering  into  options,  futures and currency
exchange transactions for other purposes, including generating current income to
offset  expenses  or  increase  return,  each  Portfolio  may enter  into  these
transactions  as  hedges  to  reduce  investment  risk,  generally  by making an
investment expected to move in the opposite direction of a portfolio position. A
hedge is designed to offset a loss in a  portfolio  position  with a gain in the
hedged position;  at the same time,  however,  a properly  correlated hedge will
result in a gain in the portfolio  position being offset by a loss in the hedged
position.  As a result,  the use of options,  futures,  contracts  and  currency
exchange  transactions  for hedging purposes could limit any potential gain from
an increase in the value of the position  hedged.  In addition,  the movement in
the portfolio  position  hedged may not be of the same  magnitude as movement in
the  hedge.  With  respect to futures  contracts,  since the value of  portfolio
securities  will far  exceed  the  value of the  futures  contracts  sold by the
Portfolio,  an  increase  in the  value  of the  futures  contracts  could  only
mitigate,  but not totally  offset,  the decline in the value of the Portfolio's
assets.

         In hedging  transactions  based on an index,  whether a Portfolio  will
realize a gain or loss from the  purchase  or  writing  of  options  on an index
depends  upon  movements in the level of  securities  prices in the stock market
generally or, in the case of certain indexes,  in an industry or market segment,
rather  than  movements  in the  price  of a  particular  security.  The risk of
imperfect  correlation increases as the composition of the Portfolio's portfolio
varies  from the  composition  of the  index.  In an  effort to  compensate  for
imperfect  correlation  of relative  movements  in the hedged  position  and the
hedge,  the  Portfolio's  hedge  positions  may be in a greater or lesser dollar
amount than the dollar amount of the hedged position. Such "over




                                      -9-
<PAGE>



hedging" or "under hedging" may adversely  affect the Portfolio's net investment
results  if  market   movements  are  not  as  anticipated  when  the  hedge  is
established.  Securities index futures transactions may be subject to additional
correlation risks.  First, all participants in the futures market are subject to
margin  deposit and  maintenance  requirements.  Rather than meeting  additional
margin  deposit  requirements,  investors  may close futures  contracts  through
offsetting  transactions which would distort the normal relationship between the
stock  index  and  futures  markets.   Secondly,  from  the  point  of  view  of
speculators,  the deposit  requirements  in the futures  market are less onerous
than  margin  requirements  in  the  securities  market.  Therefore,   increased
participation  by  speculators  in the futures  market also may cause  temporary
price  distortions.  Because  of the  possibility  of price  distortions  in the
futures market and the imperfect  correlation  between movements in an index and
movements in the price of index  futures,  a correct  forecast of general market
trends by Warburg still may not result in a successful hedging transaction.

         A  Portfolio  will  engage in  hedging  transactions  only when  deemed
advisable  by  Warburg,   and   successful  use  by  the  Portfolio  of  hedging
transactions will be subject to Warburg's ability to predict trends in currency,
interest  rate or  securities  markets,  as the  case may be,  and to  correctly
predict movements in the directions of the hedge and the hedged position and the
correlation  between them, which predictions could prove to be inaccurate.  This
requires different skills and techniques than predicting changes in the price of
individual  securities,  and  there  can be no  assurance  that the use of these
strategies will be successful.  Even a well-conceived  hedge may be unsuccessful
to some degree because of unexpected market behavior or trends.  Losses incurred
in hedging  transactions  and the costs of these  transactions  will  affect the
Portfolio's performance.

         Asset Coverage for Forward Contracts,  Options,  Futures and Options on
Futures.  As  described  in the  Prospectus,  each  Portfolio  will  comply with
guidelines  established  by the U.S.  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  (the
"SEC") with respect to coverage of forward currency  contracts;  options written
by the Portfolio on securities  indexes and currencies;  and currency,  interest
rate and index futures contracts and options on these futures  contracts.  These
guidelines may, in certain  instances,  require  segregation by the Portfolio of
cash or  other  liquid  securities  that are  acceptable  as  collateral  to the
appropriate regulatory authority.

         For example,  a call option  written by the Portfolio on securities may
require the Portfolio to hold the securities  subject to the call (or securities
convertible  into  the  securities  without  additional   consideration)  or  to
segregate  assets (as  described  above)  sufficient to purchase and deliver the
securities if the call is exercised.  A call option  written by the Portfolio on
an index may require the Portfolio to own portfolio  securities  that  correlate
with the index or to segregate  assets (as described  above) equal to the excess
of the index  value over the  exercise  price on a current  basis.  A put option
written by the  Portfolio  may require the  Portfolio  to  segregate  assets (as
described above) equal to the exercise price. The Portfolio could purchase a put
option if the strike  price of that option is the same or higher than the strike
price of a put option sold by the Portfolio. If the Portfolio holds a futures or
forward contract,  the Portfolio could purchase a put option on the same futures
or forward  contract with a strike price as high or higher than the price of the
contract  held.  The  Portfolio  may enter  into fully or  partially  offsetting
transactions so that its net position, coupled with any segregated assets (equal
to any remaining




                                      -10-
<PAGE>



obligation),  equals its net obligation. Asset coverage may be achieved by other
means when consistent with applicable regulatory policies.

Additional Information on Investment Practices
- ----------------------------------------------

         Foreign Investments.
         -------------------

         General. The Fixed Income Portfolio may not invest more than 35% of its
assets  in  securities  denominated  in a  currency  other  than  U.S.  dollars.
Investors should recognize that investing in foreign companies  involves certain
risks,  including those discussed below, which are not typically associated with
investing  in U.S.  issuers.  Since the Global Fixed  Income  Portfolio  will be
investing  substantially,  and the Fixed Income may be investing,  in securities
denominated in currencies other than the U.S.  dollar,  and since the Portfolios
may  temporarily  hold funds in bank deposits or other money market  investments
denominated  in foreign  currencies,  each  Portfolio's  investments  in foreign
companies  may  be  affected   favorably  or  unfavorably  by  exchange  control
regulations or changes in the exchange rate between such currencies and the U.S.
dollar. A change in the value of a foreign currency  relative to the U.S. dollar
will result in a corresponding  change in the U.S. dollar value of a Portfolio's
assets  denominated  in that  foreign  currency.  Changes  in  foreign  currency
exchange rates may also affect the value of dividends and interest earned, gains
and losses  realized on the sale of  securities  and net  investment  income and
gains,  if any, to be  distributed  by a Portfolio  with  respect to its foreign
investments.  The rate of exchange  between the U.S. dollar and other currencies
is  determined  by the  forces of supply  and  demand  in the  foreign  exchange
markets.  Changes in the exchange rate may result over time from the interaction
of  many  factors  directly  or  indirectly  affecting  economic  and  political
conditions  in the United  States and a particular  foreign  country,  including
economic and political developments in other countries. Of particular importance
are rates of inflation,  interest  rate levels,  the balance of payments and the
extent  of  government  surpluses  or  deficits  in the  United  States  and the
particular foreign country,  all of which are in turn sensitive to the monetary,
fiscal and trade  policies  pursued by the  governments of the United States and
other  foreign   countries   important  to  international   trade  and  finance.
Governmental intervention may also play a significant role. National governments
rarely  voluntarily  allow  their  currencies  to float  freely in  response  to
economic  forces.  Sovereign  governments  use a variety of techniques,  such as
intervention by a country's central bank or imposition of regulatory controls or
taxes,  to affect the exchange  rates of their  currencies.  A Portfolio may use
hedging  techniques  with the objective of  protecting  against loss through the
fluctuation  of the  value  of  foreign  currencies  against  the  U.S.  dollar,
particularly  the  forward  market in foreign  exchange,  currency  options  and
currency futures. See "Currency Transactions" and "Futures Transactions" above.

         Information.  Many of the foreign  securities  held by a Portfolio will
not be  registered  with,  nor the  issuers  thereof  be  subject  to  reporting
requirements  of, the SEC.  Accordingly,  there may be less  publicly  available
information  about such  securities and about the foreign  company or government
issuing them than is available  about a domestic  company or government  entity.
Foreign  companies  are  generally  not subject to uniform  financial  reporting
standards,  practices and  requirements  comparable to those  applicable to U.S.
companies.  In addition,  with respect to some foreign  countries,  there is the
possibility  of  expropriation  or  confiscatory  taxation,  limitations  on the
removal of funds or other assets of the Portfolio, political




                                      -11-
<PAGE>



or  social  instability,  or  domestic  developments  which  could  affect  U.S.
investments in those countries.

         Moreover,   individual   foreign  economies  may  differ  favorably  or
unfavorably  from the U.S.  economy in such respects as growth of gross national
product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency, and
balance of payments positions.

         Delays.  Securities of some foreign companies are less liquid and their
prices are more volatile than securities of comparable U.S.  companies.  Certain
foreign  countries  are known to  experience  long delays  between the trade and
settlement dates of securities  purchased or sold. Due to the increased exposure
of a Portfolio to market and foreign exchange fluctuations brought about by such
delays, and due to the corresponding negative impact on a Portfolio's liquidity,
the Portfolios  will avoid  investing in countries which are known to experience
settlement delays which may expose the Portfolios to unreasonable risk of loss.

         Increased  Expenses.  To the  extent  that each  Portfolio  invests  in
foreign  securities,  the operating  expenses of the Fixed Income Portfolio may,
and the Global Fixed Income  Portfolio  can, be expected to be higher than those
of an investment  company investing  exclusively in U.S.  securities,  since the
expenses of each Portfolio associated with foreign investing,  such as custodial
costs,  valuation costs and communication  costs, may be higher than those costs
incurred by other investment companies not investing in foreign securities.

         Foreign Debt Securities. The returns on foreign debt securities reflect
interest rates and other market conditions prevailing in those countries and the
effect  of gains and  losses  in the  denominated  currencies  against  the U.S.
dollar,  which have had a  substantial  impact on  investment  in foreign  fixed
income securities.  The relative  performance of various countries' fixed income
markets  historically  has  reflected  wide  variations  relating  to the unique
characteristics of each country's economy.  Year-to-year fluctuations in certain
markets have been  significant,  and negative  returns have been  experienced in
various markets from time to time.

         The foreign  government  securities in which the  Portfolios may invest
generally  consist  of  obligations  issued  or  backed  by  national,  state or
provincial  governments or similar  political  subdivisions  or central banks in
foreign countries.  Foreign government  securities also include debt obligations
of supranational entities, which include international organizations designated,
or backed  by  governmental  entities  to  promote  economic  reconstruction  or
development, international banking institutions and related government agencies.
Examples include the International  Bank for Reconstruction and Development (the
"World Bank"), the European Coal and Steel Community, the Asian Development Bank
and the InterAmerican Development Bank.

         Foreign   government   securities   also  include  debt  securities  of
"quasi-governmental  agencies" and debt securities  denominated in multinational
currency units of an issuer (including  supranational  issuers). Debt securities
of  quasi-governmental  agencies  are  issued  by  entities  owned  by  either a
national,  state or equivalent government or are obligations of a political unit
that is not  backed by the  national  government's  full  faith and  credit  and
general  taxing  powers.  An example  of a  multinational  currency  unit is the
European Currency Unit ("ECU"). An ECU




                                      -12-
<PAGE>



represents  specified  amounts of the currencies of certain member states of the
European Economic Community.  The specific amounts of currencies  comprising the
ECU may be adjusted by the Council of  Ministers  of the  European  Community to
reflect changes in relative values of the underlying currencies.

         U.S.  Government   Securities.   Each  Portfolio  may  invest  in  debt
obligations  of varying  maturities  issued or  guaranteed  by the United States
government,  its agencies or instrumentalities  ("U.S. Government  Securities").
Direct  obligations of the U.S.  Treasury  include a variety of securities  that
differ  in  their  interest  rates,  maturities  and  dates  of  issuance.  U.S.
Government  Securities  also  include  securities  issued or  guaranteed  by the
Federal Housing Administration, Farmers Home Loan Administration,  Export-Import
Bank of the United States,  Small Business  Administration,  Government National
Mortgage  Association,   General  Services  Administration,   Central  Bank  for
Cooperatives,  Federal Farm Credit Banks,  Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Home
Loan Mortgage  Corporation,  Federal  Intermediate  Credit  Banks,  Federal Land
Banks, Federal National Mortgage Association, Maritime Administration, Tennessee
Valley  Authority,  District of Columbia Armory Board and Student Loan Marketing
Association. Each Portfolio may also invest in instruments that are supported by
the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S.  Treasury and  instruments  that
are supported by the credit of the instrumentality.  Because the U.S. government
is not obligated by law to provide support to an instrumentality it sponsors,  a
Portfolio will invest in obligations issued by such an  instrumentality  only if
Warburg determines that the credit risk with respect to the instrumentality does
not make its securities unsuitable for investment by the Portfolio.

         Loan Participations and Assignments. The Portfolios may invest in fixed
and floating rate loans ("Loans") arranged through private  negotiations between
a foreign  government  (a  "Borrower")  and one or more  financial  institutions
("Lenders").  The majority of the Portfolios'  investments in Loans are expected
to be in the form of participations in Loans  ("Participations") and assignments
of  portions  of  Loans  from  third  parties  ("Assignments").   Participations
typically will result in a Portfolio having a contractual relationship only with
the Lender,  not with the Borrower.  A Portfolio  will have the right to receive
payments of  principal,  interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from
the Lender selling the  Participation and only upon receipt by the Lender of the
payments from the Borrower.  In connection  with  purchasing  Participations,  a
Portfolio  generally  will have no right to enforce  compliance  by the Borrower
with the terms of the loan  agreement  relating  to the Loan,  nor any rights of
set-off  against the Borrower,  and the Portfolio may not directly  benefit from
any collateral  supporting the Loan in which it has purchased the Participation.
As a result,  a Portfolio  will assume the credit risk of both the  Borrower and
the Lender that is selling the Participation.  In the event of the insolvency of
the Lender  selling a  Participation,  a  Portfolio  may be treated as a general
creditor of the Lender and may not benefit  from any set-off  between the Lender
and the Borrower.  A Portfolio  will acquire  Participations  only if the Lender
interpositioned  between the Portfolio and the Borrower is determined by Warburg
to be creditworthy.

         When a Portfolio purchases Assignments from Lenders, the Portfolio will
acquire  direct  rights  against  the  Borrower  on  the  Loan.  However,  since
Assignments  are  generally  arranged  through  private   negotiations   between
potential assignees and potential assignors, the




                                      -13-
<PAGE>



rights and obligations acquired by a Portfolio as the purchaser of an Assignment
may differ from, and be more limited than, those held by the assigning Lender.

         There  are  risks   involved  in   investing  in   Participations   and
Assignments.  A Portfolio may have difficulty disposing of them because there is
no liquid market for such securities. The lack of a liquid secondary market will
have an  adverse  impact on the value of such  securities  and on a  Portfolio's
ability to dispose of particular Participations or Assignments when necessary to
meet the  Portfolio's  liquidity  needs or in  response  to a specific  economic
event, such as a deterioration in the creditworthiness of the Borrower. The lack
of a liquid  market for  Participations  and  Assignments  also may make it more
difficult for a Portfolio to assign a value to these  securities for purposes of
valuing the Portfolio's portfolio and calculating its net asset value.

         Securities of Other Investment Companies.  Each Portfolio may invest in
securities  of other  investment  companies  to the extent  permitted  under the
Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act").  Presently,  under
the 1940 Act, a Portfolio may hold securities of another  investment  company in
amounts which (i) do not exceed 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of such
company,  (ii) do not exceed 5% of the value of the Portfolio's total assets and
(iii)  when  added  to all  other  investment  company  securities  held  by the
Portfolio, do not exceed 10% of the value of the Portfolio's total assets.

         Below Investment Grade Securities. Each Portfolio may hold up to 35% of
its net assets in fixed income  securities  rated below  investment grade and as
low as C by Moody's  Investors  Service,  Inc.  ("Moody's")  or D by  Standard &
Poor's Ratings Group ("S&P"), and in comparable unrated securities considered to
be of  equivalent  quality.  While the market  values of medium and  lower-rated
securities  and unrated  securities of comparable  quality tend to react less to
fluctuations in interest rate levels than do those of  higher-rated  securities,
the market values of certain of these  securities also tend to be more sensitive
to individual  corporate  developments  and changes in economic  conditions than
higher-quality  securities.  In addition,  medium and lower-rated securities and
comparable unrated securities  generally present a higher degree of credit risk.
Issuers of medium and  lower-rated  securities and unrated  securities are often
highly  leveraged  and  may not  have  more  traditional  methods  of  financing
available to them so that their ability to service their debt obligations during
an economic downturn or during sustained periods of rising interest rates may be
impaired.  The risk of loss due to  default  by such  issuers  is  significantly
greater  because  medium  and  lower-rated  securities  and  unrated  securities
generally are unsecured and frequently are  subordinated to the prior payment of
senior indebtedness.

         The market for  medium-  and  lower-rated  and  unrated  securities  is
relatively  new and has not  weathered  a major  economic  recession.  Any  such
recession  could  disrupt  severely  the  market  for  such  securities  and may
adversely  affect the value of such securities and the ability of the issuers of
such securities to repay principal and pay interest thereon.

         The  Portfolios  may have  difficulty  disposing  of  certain  of these
securities  because  there may be a thin  trading  market.  Because  there is no
established retail secondary market for many of these securities, the Portfolios
anticipate  that  these  securities  could be sold only to a  limited  number of
dealers or institutional investors. To the extent a secondary trading market for
these  securities  does exist,  it generally  is not as liquid as the  secondary
market for higher-rated




                                      -14-
<PAGE>



securities.  The lack of a liquid secondary market, as well as adverse publicity
and investor  perception with respect to these  securities,  may have an adverse
impact on market  price and the  ability to dispose of  particular  issues  when
necessary  to meet the  liquidity  needs or in response  to a specific  economic
event such as a deterioration in the creditworthiness of the issuer. The lack of
a liquid secondary market for certain securities also may make it more difficult
for the Portfolios to obtain accurate market  quotations for purposes of valuing
the Portfolios and calculating their net asset values.

         The  market  value of  securities  in  lower-rated  categories  is more
volatile than that of higher quality securities. Factors adversely impacting the
market value of these securities will adversely impact the Portfolios' net asset
value.  The  Portfolios  will rely on the judgment,  analysis and  experience of
Warburg in evaluating the  creditworthiness  of an issuer.  In this  evaluation,
Warburg will take into consideration, among other things, the issuer's financial
resources,  its  sensitivity to economic  conditions  and trends,  its operating
history,  the  quality  of  the  issuer's  management  and  regulatory  matters.
Normally,  medium- and  lower-rated  and comparable  unrated  securities are not
intended for short-term investment. Each Portfolio may incur additional expenses
to the extent it is required to seek  recovery  upon a default in the payment of
principal  or interest on its  portfolio  holdings  of such  securities.  Recent
adverse publicity regarding  lower-rated bonds may have depressed the prices for
such securities to some extent.  Whether  investor  perceptions will continue to
have a negative effect on the price of such securities is uncertain.

         Lending of Portfolio  Securities.  Each  Portfolio  may lend  portfolio
securities  to brokers,  dealers  and other  financial  organizations  that meet
capital and other  credit  requirements  or other  criteria  established  by the
Trust's Board of Trustees (the "Board").  These loans, if and when made, may not
exceed 20% of a Portfolio's  total assets taken at value.  A Portfolio  will not
lend portfolio  securities to E.M.  Warburg,  Pincus & Co., Inc.  ("EMW") or its
affiliates  unless it has applied for and received  specific  authority to do so
from the SEC.  Loans of portfolio  securities  will be  collateralized  by cash,
letters of credit or U.S.  Government  Securities,  which are  maintained at all
times in an amount  equal to at least 100% of the  current  market  value of the
loaned securities. Any gain or loss in the market price of the securities loaned
that might  occur  during  the term of the loan would be for the  account of the
Portfolio.  From time to time,  a  Portfolio  may return a part of the  interest
earned from the investment of collateral  received for securities  loaned to the
borrower and/or a third party that is  unaffiliated  with the Portfolio and that
is acting as a "finder."

         By lending its  securities,  a  Portfolio  can  increase  its income by
continuing  to receive  interest and any  dividends on the loaned  securities as
well as by either  investing the collateral  received for  securities  loaned in
short-term  instruments  or obtaining  yield in the form of interest paid by the
borrower when U.S. Government Securities are used as collateral.  Each Portfolio
will adhere to the following  conditions  whenever its portfolio  securities are
loaned:  (i) the  Portfolio  must  receive  at least  100%  cash  collateral  or
equivalent  securities of the type discussed in the preceding paragraph from the
borrower;  (ii) the borrower must increase such  collateral  whenever the market
value of the  securities  rises  above the level of such  collateral;  (iii) the
Portfolio  must be able to terminate  the loan at any time;  (iv) the  Portfolio
must receive reasonable interest on the loan, as well as any dividends, interest
or other  distributions  on the loaned  securities  and any  increase  in market
value; (v) the Portfolio may pay only reasonable




                                      -15-
<PAGE>



custodian fees in connection with the loan; and (vi) voting rights on the loaned
securities may pass to the borrower, provided, however, that if a material event
adversely affecting the investment occurs, the Board must terminate the loan and
regain the right to vote the securities.  Loan agreements  involve certain risks
in the event of default or  insolvency  of the other  party  including  possible
delays or  restrictions  upon the  Portfolio's  ability  to  recover  the loaned
securities or dispose of the collateral for the loan or possible  decline in the
value of the loaned securities during the period in which the Portfolio seeks to
assert its rights.

         Reverse  Repurchase  Agreements  and Dollar Rolls.  The  Portfolios may
enter into reverse  repurchase  agreements  with the same parties with whom they
may enter into repurchase agreements.  Reverse repurchase agreements involve the
sale of securities  held by a Portfolio  pursuant to its agreement to repurchase
them at a mutually agreed upon date, price and rate of interest. At the time the
Portfolio  enters into a reverse  repurchase  agreement,  it will  establish and
maintain a segregated account with an approved custodian containing cash or cash
equivalent  liquid  securities having a value not less than the repurchase price
(including  accrued  interest).  The assets contained in the segregated  account
will be  marked-to-market  daily and  additional  assets  will be placed in such
account on any day in which the assets  fall below the  repurchase  price  (plus
accrued  interest).  A  Portfolio's  liquidity  and ability to manage its assets
might be affected when it sets aside cash or portfolio  securities to cover such
commitments.  Reverse  repurchase  agreements  involve  the risk that the market
value of the securities  retained in lieu of sale may decline below the price of
the  securities  the Portfolio has sold but is obligated to  repurchase.  In the
event the buyer of securities  under a reverse  repurchase  agreement  files for
bankruptcy  or becomes  insolvent,  such buyer or its  trustee or  receiver  may
receive an  extension  of time to  determine  whether  to enforce a  Portfolio's
obligation to repurchase the securities, and the Portfolio's use of the proceeds
of the reverse  repurchase  agreement may effectively be restricted pending such
decision.

         The  Portfolios  also may  enter  into  "dollar  rolls,"  in which  the
Portfolios  sell  fixed-income  securities for delivery in the current month and
simultaneously  contract to  repurchase  similar but not  identical  (same type,
coupon and  maturity)  securities  on a specified  future date.  During the roll
period, a Portfolio would forego principal and interest paid on such securities.
The Portfolio  would be compensated by the difference  between the current sales
price and the forward price for the future purchase,  as well as by the interest
earned on the cash  proceeds  of the  initial  sale.  At the time the  Portfolio
enters into a dollar roll  transaction,  it will place in a  segregated  account
maintained with an approved custodian cash or other liquid assets having a value
not  less  than the  repurchase  price  (including  accrued  interest)  and will
subsequently monitor the account to ensure that its value is maintained. Reverse
repurchase agreements are considered to be borrowings under the 1940 Act.

         Zero Coupon Securities. The Portfolios may invest in "zero coupon" U.S.
Treasury,  foreign  government and U.S. and foreign  corporate  convertible  and
nonconvertible debt securities,  which are bills, notes and bonds that have been
stripped  of  their  unmatured   interest  coupons  and  custodial  receipts  or
certificates  of  participation  representing  interests in such  stripped  debt
obligations  and coupons.  A zero coupon security pays no interest to its holder
prior to maturity. Accordingly, such securities usually trade at a deep discount
from their face or par value and will be  subject  to  greater  fluctuations  of
market value in response to changing interest




                                      -16-
<PAGE>



rates  than  debt  obligations  of  comparable   maturities  that  make  current
distributions of interest. The Portfolios anticipate that they will not normally
hold zero coupon securities to maturity.  Federal tax law requires that a holder
of a zero coupon security accrue a portion of the discount at which the security
was purchased as income each year,  even though the holder  receives no interest
payment  on the  security  during  the  year.  Such  accrued  discount  will  be
includible in determining  the amount of dividends the Portfolios  must pay each
year  and,  in order to  generate  cash  necessary  to pay such  dividends,  the
Portfolios  may  liquidate  portfolio  securities  at a time when they would not
otherwise have done so.

         Short Sales  "Against  the Box." In a short sale,  a Portfolio  sells a
borrowed security and has a corresponding obligation to the lender to return the
identical security.  The seller does not immediately deliver the securities sold
and is said to have a short position in those  securities until delivery occurs.
If a Portfolio  engages in a short sale,  the  collateral for the short position
will be  maintained  by the  Portfolio's  custodian or qualified  sub-custodian.
While the short  sale is open,  the  Portfolio  will  maintain  in a  segregated
account an amount of securities  equal in kind and amount to the securities sold
short  or  securities  convertible  into or  exchangeable  for  such  equivalent
securities. These securities constitute the Portfolio 's long position.

         The  Portfolios  do not intend to engage in short sales against the box
for investment purposes. A Portfolio may, however, make a short sale as a hedge,
when it believes that the price of a security may decline,  causing a decline in
the value of a security  owned by the  Portfolio (or a security  convertible  or
exchangeable for such security),  or when a Portfolio wants to sell the security
at an attractive  current price, but also wishes to defer recognition of gain or
loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes and for purposes of satisfying certain
tests applicable to regulated investment companies under the Code. In such case,
any future losses in the Portfolio's long position should be offset by a gain in
the short  position and,  conversely,  any gain in the long  position  should be
reduced  by a loss in the short  position.  The  extent to which  such  gains or
losses  are  reduced  will  depend  upon the amount of the  security  sold short
relative  to the amount the  Portfolio  owns.  There will be certain  additional
transaction costs associated with short sales against the box, but the Portfolio
will  endeavor to offset these costs with the income from the  investment of the
cash proceeds of short sales.

         Municipal  Obligations.  (Fixed Income Portfolio) Municipal Obligations
are  debt  obligations  issued  by or  on  behalf  of  states,  territories  and
possessions  of the  United  States  and the  District  of  Columbia  and  their
political  subdivisions,  agencies and instrumentalities.  Municipal Obligations
are issued by governmental entities to obtain funds for various public purposes,
including the construction of a wide range of public  facilities,  the refunding
of outstanding  obligations,  the payment of general operating  expenses and the
extension of loans to public institutions and facilities. Private activity bonds
that are  issued  by or on  behalf  of public  authorities  to  finance  various
privately-operated facilities are included within the term Municipal Obligations
if the interest paid thereon is exempt from federal income tax.

         The two  principal  types  of  Municipal  Obligations,  in terms of the
source of payment of debt service on the bonds,  consist of "general obligation"
and  "revenue"  issues.  General  obligation  bonds are secured by the  issuer's
pledge of its full faith,  credit and taxing  power for the payment of principal
and interest. Revenue bonds are payable from the revenues




                                      -17-
<PAGE>



derived from a particular facility or class of facilities or in some cases, from
the proceeds of a special  excise tax or other  specific  revenue source such as
the user of the facility  being  financed.  Consequently,  the credit quality of
revenue bonds is usually  directly related to the credit standing of the user of
the facility involved.

         There  are,  of  course,   variations   in  the  quality  of  Municipal
Obligations,    both   within   a   particular    classification   and   between
classifications,  and the yields on Municipal  Obligations depend upon a variety
of factors,  including general money market conditions,  the financial condition
of the issuer,  general  conditions of the municipal bond market,  the size of a
particular offering, the maturity of the obligation and the rating of the issue.
The ratings of Moody's  and S&P  represent  their  opinions as to the quality of
Municipal  Obligations.  It should be  emphasized,  however,  that  ratings  are
general and are not absolute  standards of quality,  and  Municipal  Obligations
with the same maturity, interest rate and rating may have different yields while
Municipal  Obligations  of the same  maturity and interest  rate with  different
ratings may have the same yield.  Subsequent to its purchase by the Fixed Income
Portfolio, an issue of Municipal Obligations may cease to be rated or its rating
may be reduced below the minimum rating  required for purchase by the Portfolio.
Warburg will consider such an event in determining  whether the Portfolio should
continue to hold the  obligation.  See the Appendix  attached hereto for further
information concerning the ratings of Moody's and S&P and their significance.

         Among other instruments,  the Fixed Income Portfolio may purchase short
term Tax Anticipation Notes, Bond Anticipation Notes, Revenue Anticipation Notes
and other  forms of short term  loans.  Such notes are issued  with a short term
maturity  in  anticipation  of the  receipt of tax funds,  the  proceeds of bond
placements or other revenues.

         The yields on Municipal  Obligations  are  dependent  upon a variety of
factors,  including  general  economic  and  monetary  conditions,  money market
factors, conditions of the municipal bond market, size of a particular offering,
maturity of the obligation offered and rating of the issue.

         Municipal Obligations are also subject to the provisions of bankruptcy,
insolvency and other laws  affecting the rights and remedies of creditors,  such
as the  Federal  Bankruptcy  Code,  and laws,  if any,  which may be  enacted by
Congress or state  legislatures  extending  the time for payment of principal or
interest,  or both,  or imposing  other  constraints  upon  enforcement  of such
obligations or upon the ability of municipalities  to levy taxes.  There is also
the possibility that as a result of litigation or other conditions, the power or
ability of any one or more issuers to pay,  when due,  principal of and interest
on its, or their, Municipal Obligations may be materially affected.

         Variable  Rate and Master Demand Notes.  (Fixed Income  Portfolio)  The
Fixed Income  Portfolio  may invest in variable  rate and master  demand  notes.
Variable  rate demand notes  ("VRDNs")  are  obligations  issued by corporate or
governmental  entities  which  contain a  floating  or  variable  interest  rate
adjustment  formula and an  unconditional  right of demand to receive payment of
the unpaid  principal  balance plus accrued  interest upon a short notice period
not to exceed seven days. The interest rates are adjustable at intervals ranging
from daily to up to every six months to some prevailing  market rate for similar
investments, such adjustment formula




                                      -18-
<PAGE>



being calculated to maintain the market value of the VRDN at  approximately  the
par value of the VRDN upon the adjustment  date. The  adjustments  are typically
based  upon the prime  rate of a bank or some other  appropriate  interest  rate
adjustment index.

         Master demand notes are notes which  provide for a periodic  adjustment
in the interest  rate paid  (usually tied to the Treasury Bill auction rate) and
permit daily changes in the  principal  amount  borrowed.  While there may be no
active  secondary  market  with  respect to a  particular  VRDN  purchased  by a
Portfolio,  the  Portfolio  may, upon the notice  specified in the note,  demand
payment of the principal of and accrued interest on the note at any time and may
resell  the note at any time to a third  party.  The  absence  of such an active
secondary market,  however, could make it difficult for the Portfolio to dispose
of the VRDN  involved  in the event  the  issuer  of the note  defaulted  on its
payment obligations,  and the Portfolio could, for this or other reasons, suffer
a loss to the extent of the default.

         Stand-By Commitment Agreements. (Fixed Income Portfolio) The Portfolios
may acquire  "stand-by  commitments"  with respect to  securities  held in their
portfolios.  Under a  stand-by  commitment,  a dealer  agrees to  purchase  at a
Portfolio's  option  specified  securities at a specified price. The Portfolio's
right  to  exercise  stand-by  commitments  is  unconditional  and  unqualified.
Stand-by  commitments  acquired by a Portfolio  may also be referred to as "put"
options. A stand-by commitment is not transferable by a Portfolio,  although the
Portfolio can sell the underlying securities to a third party at any time.

         The  principal  risk of  stand-by  commitments  is that the writer of a
commitment may default on its  obligation to repurchase the securities  acquired
with it. The  Portfolios  intend to enter into  stand-by  commitments  only with
brokers,  dealers and banks that,  in the  opinion of Warburg,  present  minimal
credit risks.  In evaluating  the  creditworthiness  of the issuer of a stand-by
commitment,  Warburg will  periodically  review relevant  financial  information
concerning  the  issuer's  assets,   liabilities  and  contingent   claims.  The
Portfolios  will  acquire  stand-by  commitments  only in  order  to  facilitate
portfolio  liquidity and do not intend to exercise  their rights under  stand-by
commitments for trading purposes.

         The  amount  payable to a  Portfolio  upon its  exercise  of a stand-by
commitment is normally (i) the  Portfolio's  acquisition  cost of the securities
(excluding any accrued interest which the Portfolio paid on their  acquisition),
less any amortized market premium or plus any amortized market or original issue
discount  during the period the Portfolio  owned the  securities,  plus (ii) all
interest  accrued on the securities  since the last interest payment date during
that period.

         The  Portfolios  expect that  stand-by  commitments  will  generally be
available without the payment of any direct or indirect consideration.  However,
if necessary  or  advisable,  the  Portfolios  may pay for stand-by  commitments
either  separately in cash or by paying a higher price for portfolio  securities
which are  acquired  subject to such  commitments  (thus  reducing  the yield to
maturity otherwise available for the same securities).  The total amount paid in
either  manner  for  outstanding  stand-by  commitments  held  in a  Portfolio's
portfolio will not exceed 1/2 of 1% of the value of the Portfolio's total assets
calculated immediately after each stand-by commitment is acquired.




                                      -19-
<PAGE>



         The Portfolios would acquire stand-by  commitments solely to facilitate
portfolio  liquidity and do not intend to exercise  their rights  thereunder for
trading purposes.  The acquisition of a stand-by commitment would not affect the
valuation or assumed maturity of the underlying securities. Stand-by commitments
acquired by a Portfolio  would be valued at zero in determining net asset value.
Where a Portfolio paid any  consideration  directly or indirectly for a stand-by
commitment,  its cost would be  reflected  as  unrealized  depreciation  for the
period  during  which  the  commitment  was  held  by  the  Portfolio.  Stand-by
commitments  would not affect the average  weighted  maturity of the Portfolio's
portfolio.

         American, European and Continental Depositary Receipts. The assets of a
Portfolio may be invested in the  securities  of foreign  issuers in the form of
American Depositary Receipts ("ADRs") and European Depositary Receipts ("EDRs").
These  securities may not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as the
securities into which they may be converted.  ADRs are receipts typically issued
by a  U.S.  bank  or  trust  company  which  evidence  ownership  of  underlying
securities issued by a foreign  corporation.  EDRs, which are sometimes referred
to as Continental  Depositary  Receipts ("CDRs"),  are receipts issued in Europe
typically  by non-U.S.  banks and trust  companies  that  evidence  ownership of
either foreign or domestic  securities.  Generally,  ADRs in registered form are
designed for use in U.S. securities markets and EDRs and CDRs in bearer form are
designed for use in European securities markets.

         Warrants.  Each Portfolio may invest up to 5% of net assets in warrants
(valued at the lower of cost or  market)  (other  than  warrants  acquired  by a
Portfolio as part of a unit or attached to  securities at the time of purchase).
Because a warrant does not carry with it the right to dividends or voting rights
with  respect to the  securities  which it  entitles a holder to  purchase,  and
because it does not represent  any rights in the assets of the issuer,  warrants
may be considered  more  speculative  than certain  other types of  investments.
Also, the value of a warrant does not  necessarily  change with the value of the
underlying  securities and a warrant ceases to have value if it is not exercised
prior to its expiration date.

         Non-Publicly Traded and Illiquid Securities. A Portfolio may not invest
more than 15% of its net assets in non-publicly traded and illiquid  securities,
including  securities  that are  illiquid  by virtue of the absence of a readily
available  market,  repurchase  agreements  which have a maturity of longer than
seven days,  time deposits  maturing in more than seven  calendar days and, with
respect to the Fixed Income  Portfolio,  VRDNs and master demand notes providing
for  settlement  upon more than seven days notice by the  Portfolio.  Securities
that  have  legal or  contractual  restrictions  on  resale  but have a  readily
available  market are not considered  illiquid for purposes of this  limitation.
Repurchase  agreements  subject to demand are deemed to have a maturity equal to
the notice period.

         Historically,  illiquid  securities have included securities subject to
contractual  or  legal  restrictions  on  resale  because  they  have  not  been
registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities  Act"),
securities which are otherwise not readily marketable and repurchase  agreements
having a maturity  of longer  than seven  days.  Securities  which have not been
registered  under the  Securities  Act are referred to as private  placements or
restricted  securities  and are  purchased  directly  from the  issuer or in the
secondary  market.  Mutual funds do not typically  hold a significant  amount of
these restricted or other illiquid securities because of the




                                      -20-
<PAGE>



potential  for delays on resale and  uncertainty  in valuation.  Limitations  on
resale may have an adverse effect on the  marketability of portfolio  securities
and a mutual  fund might be unable to dispose of  restricted  or other  illiquid
securities  promptly  or at  reasonable  prices  and  might  thereby  experience
difficulty  satisfying  redemptions  within seven days. A mutual fund might also
have to  register  such  restricted  securities  in  order  to  dispose  of them
resulting in  additional  expense and delay.  Adverse  market  conditions  could
impede such a public offering of securities.

         In recent years,  however, a large  institutional  market has developed
for  certain  securities  that  are not  registered  under  the  Securities  Act
including repurchase agreements, commercial paper, foreign securities, municipal
securities and corporate bonds and notes.  Institutional  investors depend on an
efficient institutional market in which the unregistered security can be readily
resold or on an issuer's ability to honor a demand for repayment.  The fact that
there are  contractual or legal  restrictions on resale to the general public or
to  certain  institutions  may  not be  indicative  of  the  liquidity  of  such
investments.

         Rule 144A Securities. Rule 144A under the Securities Act adopted by the
SEC allows for a broader  institutional  trading market for securities otherwise
subject to restriction on resale to the general public.  Rule 144A establishes a
"safe  harbor" from the  registration  requirements  of the  Securities  Act for
resales  of  certain  securities  to  qualified  institutional  buyers.  Warburg
anticipates  that  the  market  for  certain   restricted   securities  such  as
institutional  commercial  paper  will  expand  further  as  a  result  of  this
regulation  and  use  of  automated  systems  for  the  trading,  clearance  and
settlement of unregistered  securities of domestic and foreign issuers,  such as
the PORTAL System sponsored by the National  Association of Securities  Dealers,
Inc.

         An investment in Rule 144A Securities  will be considered  illiquid and
therefore  subject  to the  Portfolio's  limits  on  the  purchase  of  illiquid
securities  unless  the  Board or its  delegates  determines  that the Rule 144A
Securities are liquid. In reaching liquidity decisions,  the Board may consider,
inter alia, the following factors:  (i) the unregistered nature of the security;
(ii) the  frequency of trades and quotes for the  security;  (iii) the number of
dealers  wishing  to  purchase  or sell the  security  and the  number  of other
potential purchasers;  (iv) dealer undertakings to make a market in the security
and (v) the  nature of the  security  and the nature of the  marketplace  trades
(e.g.,  the time  needed to dispose of the  security,  the method of  soliciting
offers and the mechanics of the transfer).

         Borrowing.  Each Portfolio may borrow up to 30% of its total assets for
temporary or emergency purposes, including to meet portfolio redemption requests
so as to permit the orderly disposition of portfolio securities or to facilitate
settlement   transactions  on  portfolio  securities.   Investments   (including
roll-overs)  will not be made when  borrowings  exceed 5% of the Portfolio's net
assets. Although the principal of such borrowings will be fixed, the Portfolio's
assets may change in value during the time the  borrowing is  outstanding.  Each
Portfolio expects that some of its borrowings may be made on a secured basis. In
such situations,  either the custodian will segregate the pledged assets for the
benefit of the lender or arrangements will be made with a suitable subcustodian,
which may include the lender.

         Non-Diversified Status. Each Portfolio is classified as non-diversified
within the  meaning of the 1940 Act,  which means that it is not limited by such
Act in the proportion of its




                                      -21-
<PAGE>



assets that it may invest in securities  of a single  issuer.  Each  Portfolio's
investments  will be  limited,  however,  in order to  qualify  as a  "regulated
investment  company"  for  purposes  of the Code.  See  "Additional  Information
Concerning  Taxes."  To  qualify,   each  Portfolio  will  comply  with  certain
requirements,  including  limiting its  investments so that at the close of each
quarter of the  taxable  year (i) not more than 25% of the  market  value of its
total assets will be invested in the  securities  of a single  issuer,  and (ii)
with respect to 50% of the market value of its total assets, not more than 5% of
the market  value of its total  assets will be invested in the  securities  of a
single  issuer and the Portfolio  will not own more than 10% of the  outstanding
voting securities of a single issuer.

Other Investment Limitations
- ----------------------------

         The  investment  limitations  numbered  1 through 9 may not be  changed
without  the  affirmative  vote of the  holders of a majority  of a  Portfolio's
outstanding shares. Such majority is defined as the lesser of (i) 67% or more of
the  shares  present  at the  meeting,  if the  holders  of more than 50% of the
outstanding shares of the Portfolio are present or represented by proxy, or (ii)
more than 50% of the outstanding  shares.  Investment  limitations 10 through 14
may be changed by a vote of the Board at any time.

    A Portfolio may not:

    1.  Borrow  money  except that the  Portfolio  may (i) borrow from banks for
temporary  or  emergency   purposes  and  (ii)  enter  into  reverse  repurchase
agreements;   provided   that  reverse   repurchase   agreements,   dollar  roll
transactions  that are accounted for as  financings  and any other  transactions
constituting  borrowing by the  Portfolio may not exceed 30% of the value of the
Portfolio's  total assets.  For purposes of this  restriction,  short sales, the
entry into currency transactions, options, futures contracts, options on futures
contracts, forward commitment transactions and dollar roll transactions that are
not  accounted for as financings  (and the  segregation  of assets in connection
with any of the foregoing) shall not constitute borrowing.

    2.  Purchase any  securities which would cause  25% or more of  the value of
the Portfolio's  total   assets  at  the   time  of  purchase   to be   invested
in the securities of issuers  conducting their principal business activities  in
the  same  industry;   provided   that   there   shall   be  no   limit   on the
purchase  of U.S.  Government Securities.

    3. Make loans,  except that the Portfolio may purchase or hold  fixed-income
securities,   including   loan   participations,   assignments   and  structured
securities, lend portfolio securities and enter into repurchase agreements.

    4. Underwrite any securities  issued by others except to the extent that the
investment  in  restricted  securities  and the sale of securities in accordance
with the  Portfolio's  investment  objective,  policies and  limitations  may be
deemed to be underwriting.

    5. Purchase or sell real estate or invest in oil, gas or mineral exploration
or  development  programs  or oil,  gas and  mineral  leases,  except  that  the
Portfolio may invest in (i)




                                      -22-
<PAGE>



securities  secured by real  estate,  mortgages  or  interests  therein and (ii)
securities  of  companies  that  invest  in  or  sponsor  oil,  gas  or  mineral
exploration or development programs.

    6. Make short sales of securities or maintain a short position,  except that
the  Portfolio  may  maintain  short  positions in forward  currency  contracts,
options, futures contracts and options on futures contracts and make short sales
"against the box."

    7. Issue any senior security except as permitted under the 1940 Act.

    8. Purchase  securities on margin,  except that the Portfolio may obtain any
short-term  credits  necessary  for the  clearance  of  purchases  and  sales of
securities. For purposes of this restriction,  the deposit or payment of initial
or variation  margin in connection  with  transactions  in currencies,  options,
futures  contracts  or related  options  will not be deemed to be a purchase  of
securities on margin.

    9. Invest in  commodities,  except that the  Portfolio may purchase and sell
futures  contracts,  including  those  relating to  securities,  currencies  and
indexes,  and options on futures contracts,  securities,  currencies or indexes,
and  purchase and sell  currencies  or  securities  on a forward  commitment  or
delayed-delivery basis.

    10. Purchase  securities of other investment  companies except in connection
with a merger, consolidation,  acquisition,  reorganization or offer of exchange
or as otherwise permitted under the 1940 Act.

    11.  Pledge,  mortgage  or  hypothecate  its  assets,  except to the  extent
necessary  to secure  permitted  borrowings  and to the  extent  related  to the
deposit of assets in escrow in  connection  with the  writing of covered put and
call  options  and  purchase  of   securities   on  a  forward   commitment   or
delayed-delivery   basis  and  collateral   and  initial  or  variation   margin
arrangements with respect to currency transactions,  options, futures contracts,
and options on futures contracts.

    12.  Invest  more than 15% of the  value of the  Portfolio's  net  assets in
securities which may be illiquid because of legal or contractual restrictions on
resale or securities for which there are no readily available market quotations.
For purposes of this  limitation,  (a)  repurchase  agreements  with  maturities
greater  than  seven  days,  (b) VRDNs and master  demand  notes  providing  for
settlement  upon more than  seven  days  notice  by the  Portfolio  and (c) time
deposits maturing in more than seven calendar days shall be considered  illiquid
securities.

    13.  Invest in warrants  (other than  warrants  acquired by the Portfolio as
part of a unit or  attached  to  securities  at the time of  purchase)  if, as a
result, the investments  (valued at the lower of cost or market) would exceed 5%
of the value of the Portfolio's net assets.

    14. Make additional  investments  (including  roll-overs) if the Portfolio's
borrowings exceed 5% of its net assets.

         General.  If  a  percentage  restriction  (other  than  the  percentage
limitation  set  forth  in  No.  1,  above)  is  adhered  to at the  time  of an
investment, a later increase or decrease in the




                                      -23-
<PAGE>




percentage  of  assets  resulting  from a  change  in the  values  of  portfolio
securities  or in the amount of the  Portfolio's  assets will not  constitute  a
violation of such restriction.

Portfolio Valuation
- -------------------

         The Prospectus  discusses the time at which the net asset value of each
Portfolio is determined for purposes of sales and redemptions.  The following is
a description of the procedures used by each Portfolio in valuing its assets.

         Securities listed on a U.S. securities  exchange (including  securities
traded through the NASDAQ National Market System) or foreign securities exchange
or traded in an OTC market will be valued at the most recent sale as of the time
the  valuation is made or, in the absence of sales,  at the mean between the bid
and  asked  quotations.  If  there  are no such  quotations,  the  value  of the
securities  will be taken to be the highest  bid  quotation  on the  exchange or
market.  Options or futures contracts will be valued similarly. A security which
is listed or traded on more than one exchange is valued at the  quotation on the
exchange  determined  to be the  primary  market for such  security.  Short-term
obligations  with  maturities  of 60 days or less are valued at amortized  cost,
which constitutes fair value as determined by the Board. Amortized cost involves
valuing a portfolio  instrument  at its initial cost and  thereafter  assuming a
constant amortization to maturity of any discount or premium,  regardless of the
impact of fluctuating interest rates on the market value of the instrument.  The
amortized  cost method of valuation  may also be used with respect to other debt
obligations  with 60 days or less  remaining  to maturity.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing, in determining the market value of portfolio investments, a Portfolio
may employ outside  organizations (a "Pricing  Service") which may use a matrix,
formula or other objective method that takes into consideration  market indexes,
matrices, yield curves and other specific adjustments. The procedures of Pricing
Services  are  reviewed  periodically  by the  officers  of the Trust  under the
general supervision and responsibility of the Board, which may replace a Pricing
Service at any time. Securities,  options and futures contracts for which market
quotations  are not available  and certain  other assets of a Portfolio  will be
valued at their fair value as determined in good faith pursuant to  consistently
applied  procedures  established  by the Board.  In  addition,  the Board or its
delegates  may  value a  security  at fair  value  if it  determines  that  such
security's  value determined by the methodology set forth above does not reflect
its fair value.

         Trading in  securities  in certain  foreign  countries  is completed at
various  times prior to the close of business on each  business  day in New York
(i.e.,  a day on which the New York  Stock  Exchange  (the  "NYSE")  is open for
trading).  In addition,  securities trading in a particular country or countries
may not take place on all business days in New York. Furthermore,  trading takes
place in various foreign markets on days which are not business days in New York
and days on which a Portfolio's net asset value is not calculated.  As a result,
calculation   of  a   Portfolio's   net   asset   value   may  not  take   place
contemporaneously  with the  determination  of the prices of  certain  portfolio
securities used in such  calculation.  Events  affecting the values of portfolio
securities that occur between the time their prices are determined and the close
of  regular  trading  on the  NYSE  will  not be  reflected  in the  Portfolios'
calculation of net asset value unless the Board or its delegates deemed that the
event would  materially  affect net asset value, in which case an adjustment may
be made.  All assets and  liabilities  initially  expressed in foreign  currency
values




                                      -24-
<PAGE>



will be converted into U.S.  dollar values at the prevailing rate as quoted by a
Pricing Service. If such quotations are not available, the rate of exchange will
be  determined  in  good  faith  pursuant  to  consistently  applied  procedures
established by the Board.

Portfolio Transactions
- ----------------------

         Warburg  is  responsible   for   establishing,   reviewing  and,  where
necessary,   modifying  each  Portfolio's  investment  program  to  achieve  its
investment objectives.  Purchases and sales of newly issued portfolio securities
are  usually  principal  transactions  without  brokerage  commissions  effected
directly  with the  issuer or with an  underwriter  acting as  principal.  Other
purchases and sales may be effected on a securities  exchange or OTC,  depending
on where it  appears  that the best price or  execution  will be  obtained.  The
purchase price paid by a Portfolio to  underwriters  of newly issued  securities
usually  includes  a  concession  paid by the  issuer  to the  underwriter,  and
purchases of securities from dealers,  acting as either  principals or agents in
the after  market,  are normally  executed at a price  between the bid and asked
price,  which  includes a dealer's  mark-up or mark-down.  Transactions  on U.S.
stock  exchanges  and some  foreign  stock  exchanges  involve  the  payment  of
negotiated  brokerage  commissions.   On  exchanges  on  which  commissions  are
negotiated,  the cost of transactions may vary among different brokers.  On most
foreign exchanges, commissions are generally fixed. There is generally no stated
commission in the case of securities  traded in domestic or foreign OTC markets,
but the  price of  securities  traded in OTC  markets  includes  an  undisclosed
commission or mark-up.  U.S. Government  Securities are generally purchased from
underwriters  or  dealers,   although  certain  newly  issued  U.S.   Government
Securities may be purchased  directly from the U.S. Treasury or from the issuing
agency or instrumentality.

         Warburg  will  select   specific   portfolio   investments  and  effect
transactions for each Portfolio and in doing so seeks to obtain the overall best
execution  of  portfolio  transactions.  In  evaluating  prices and  executions,
Warburg  will  consider  the  factors it deems  relevant,  which may include the
breadth of the market in the security,  the price of the security, the financial
condition and execution  capability of a broker or dealer and the reasonableness
of the  commission,  if any,  for the specific  transaction  and on a continuing
basis.  Warburg  may,  in  its  discretion,  effect  transactions  in  portfolio
securities  with dealers who provide  brokerage and research  services (as those
terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934) to a
Portfolio  and/or  other  accounts  over  which  Warburg  exercises   investment
discretion.  Warburg may place  portfolio  transactions  with a broker or dealer
with whom it has  negotiated  a commission  that is in excess of the  commission
another  broker or dealer would have charged for  effecting the  transaction  if
Warburg  determines in good faith that such amount of commission  was reasonable
in relation to the value of such  brokerage  and research  services  provided by
such broker or dealer viewed in terms of either that  particular  transaction or
of the overall responsibilities of Warburg. Research and other services received
may be useful to Warburg in serving both the  Portfolios  and its other  clients
and,  conversely,  research  or other  services  obtained  by the  placement  of
business  of  other  clients  may be  useful  to  Warburg  in  carrying  out its
obligations to the Portfolios.  Research may include furnishing  advice,  either
directly or through publications or writings, as to the value of securities, the
advisability of purchasing or selling  specific  securities and the availability
of  securities  or purchasers  or sellers of  securities;  furnishing  seminars,
information,  analyses and reports concerning issuers,  industries,  securities,
trading markets and methods,




                                      -25-
<PAGE>



legislative developments,  changes in accounting practices, economic factors and
trends and portfolio strategy; access to research analysts, corporate management
personnel,  industry experts,  economists and government officials;  comparative
performance   evaluation  and  technical   measurement  services  and  quotation
services;  and products and other  services  (such as third party  publications,
reports and analyses, and computer and electronic access,  equipment,  software,
information  and  accessories  that  deliver,   process  or  otherwise   utilize
information,  including  the research  described  above) that assist  Warburg in
carrying out its responsibilities.  Research received from brokers or dealers is
supplemental  to Warburg's own research  program.  The fees to Warburg under its
advisory  agreements  with the Trust are not reduced by reason of its  receiving
any brokerage and research services.

         Investment  decisions for each Portfolio  concerning specific portfolio
securities  are made  independently  from  those for other  clients  advised  by
Warburg.  Such other  investment  clients may invest in the same securities as a
Portfolio.   When   purchases  or  sales  of  the  same  security  are  made  at
substantially  the same time on behalf of such other clients,  transactions  are
averaged as to price and  available  investments  allocated  as to amount,  in a
manner which  Warburg  believes to be equitable  to each client,  including  the
Portfolios.  In some instances,  this investment  procedure may adversely affect
the price paid or received by a Portfolio or the size of the  position  obtained
or sold for a Portfolio.  To the extent  permitted by law, Warburg may aggregate
the  securities to be sold or purchased for a Portfolio with those to be sold or
purchased for such other investment clients in order to obtain best execution.

         Any  portfolio  transaction  for a Portfolio  may be  executed  through
Counsellors Securities Inc., the Trust's distributor ("Counsellors Securities"),
if, in Warburg's judgment, the use of Counsellors Securities is likely to result
in  price  and  execution  at  least as  favorable  as those of other  qualified
brokers,  and  if,  in  the  transaction,  Counsellors  Securities  charges  the
Portfolio  a  commission  rate  consistent  with those  charged  by  Counsellors
Securities to comparable  unaffiliated  customers in similar  transactions.  All
transactions with affiliated  brokers will comply with Rule 17e-1 under the 1940
Act. In no instance  will  portfolio  securities  be  purchased  from or sold to
Warburg or Counsellors Securities or any affiliated person of such companies.

         Transactions  for the Portfolios may be effected on foreign  securities
exchanges.  In  transactions  for  securities  not actively  traded on a foreign
securities exchange, the Portfolios will deal directly with the dealers who make
a market in the securities involved,  except in those circumstances where better
prices and execution are available elsewhere. Such dealers usually are acting as
principal  for their own  account.  On  occasion,  securities  may be  purchased
directly from the issuer.  Such portfolio  securities are generally  traded on a
net basis and do not normally involve  brokerage  commissions.  Securities firms
may receive brokerage commissions on certain portfolio  transactions,  including
options,  futures and options on futures  transactions and the purchase and sale
of underlying securities upon exercise of options.

         Each Portfolio may participate, if and when practicable, in bidding for
the purchase of securities for the Portfolio's portfolio directly from an issuer
in order to take advantage of the lower  purchase price  available to members of
such a group.  A Portfolio  will  engage in this  practice,  however,  only when
Warburg,  in its sole discretion,  believes such practice to be otherwise in the
Portfolio's interest.




                                      -26-
<PAGE>




Portfolio Turnover
- ------------------

         A  Portfolio's  portfolio  turnover  rate is calculated by dividing the
lesser of purchases  or sales of its  portfolio  securities  for the year by the
monthly  average value of the portfolio  securities.  Securities  with remaining
maturities of one year or less at the date of acquisition  are excluded from the
calculation.

         The  Portfolios  do not  intend  to  seek  profits  through  short-term
trading,  but the  rate of  turnover  will  not be a  limiting  factor  when the
Portfolios deem it desirable to sell or purchase  securities.  Certain practices
that may be employed by each Portfolio could result in high portfolio  turnover.
For  example,  portfolio  securities  may be sold in  anticipation  of a rise in
interest  rates (market  decline) or purchased in  anticipation  of a decline in
interest rates (market rise) and later sold. In addition, a security may be sold
and another of comparable  quality  purchased at approximately  the same time to
take  advantage  of what  Warburg  believes to be a temporary  disparity  in the
normal yield  relationship  between the two securities.  These yield disparities
may  occur for  reasons  not  directly  related  to the  investment  quality  of
particular  issues or the general movement of interest rates, such as changes in
the overall demand for, or supply of, various types of securities.  In addition,
options on securities may be sold in  anticipation  of a decline in the price of
the underlying  security (market decline) or purchased in anticipation of a rise
in the price of the underlying security (market rise) and later sold.



                             MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST

Officers and Board of Trustees
- ------------------------------

         The names  (and  ages) of the  Trust's  Trustees  and  officers,  their
addresses,  present  positions  and principal  occupations  during the past five
years and other affiliations are set forth below.

Richard   N.   Cooper   (62).................Trustee
Harvard University                           National    Intelligence    Counsel
1737 Cambridge  Street                       Professor  at  Harvard  University;
Cambridge,  Massachusetts  02138             Director or Trustee of Circuit City
                                             Stores,  Inc.  (retail  electronics
                                             and  appliances)  and Phoenix  Home
                                             Life Mutual Insurance Company





                                      -27-
<PAGE>




Donald J. Donahue (72).......................Trustee
27 Signal Road                               Chairman  of Magma  Copper  Company
Stamford, Connecticut 06902                  from December  1987 until  December
                                             1995;  Chairman and Director of NAC
                                             Holdings from  September  1990-June
                                             1993;   Director   of  Chase  Brass
                                             Industries,   Inc.  since  December
                                             1994;     Director    of    Pioneer
                                             Companies,    Inc.    (chlor-alkali
                                             chemicals)     and      predecessor
                                             companies   since   1990  and  Vice
                                             Chairman since December 1995.

Jack W. Fritz (69)...........................Trustee
2425 North Fish Creek Road                   Private  investor;  Consultant  and
P.O. Box 483                                 Director  of  Fritz   Broadcasting,
Wilson, Wyoming 83014                        Inc.   and   Fritz   Communications
                                             (developers  and operators of radio
                                             stations);  Director of Advo,  Inc.
                                             (direct mail advertising).

John L. Furth* (66)..........................Chairman of the Board and Trustee
466 Lexington Avenue                         Vice  Chairman and Director of EMW;
New York, New York 10017-3147                Associated   with   E.M.   Warburg,
                                             Pincus & Co.,  Inc.  ("EMW")  since
                                             1970;  Officer of other  investment
                                             companies advised by Warburg.

Thomas A. Melfe (64).........................Trustee
30 Rockefeller Plaza                         Partner  in the law firm of Donovan
New York, New York 10112                     Leisure  Newton & Irvine;  Chairman
                                             of the  Board,  Municipal  Fund for
                                             New York Investors, Inc.

Arnold M. Reichman* (48).....................Trustee
466 Lexington Avenue                         Managing   Director  and  Assistant
New York, New York 10017-3147                Secretary of EMW;  Associated  with
                                             EMW   since   1984;   Senior   Vice
                                             President,   Secretary   and  Chief
                                             Operating  Officer  of  Counsellors
                                             Securities;    Officer   of   other
                                             investment   companies  advised  by
                                             Warburg.



                                      -28-
<PAGE>




Alexander B. Trowbridge (67).................Trustee
1155 Connecticut Avenue, N.W.                President of  Trowbridge  Partners,
Suite 700                                    Inc.  (business   consulting)  from
Washington, DC 20036                         January     1990-November     1996;
                                             President     of    the    National
                                             Association of  Manufacturers  from
                                             1980-1990;  Director  or Trustee of
                                             New England  Mutual Life  Insurance
                                             Co.,        ICOS        Corporation
                                             (biopharmaceuticals),        P.H.H.
                                             Corporation (fleet auto management;
                                             housing   and   plant    relocation
                                             service),   WMX  Technologies  Inc.
                                             (solid    and    hazardous    waste
                                             collection and disposal), The Rouse
                                             Company (real estate  development),
                                             SunResorts    International    Ltd.
                                             (hotel and real estate management),
                                             Harris   Corp.   (electronics   and
                                             communications    equipment),   The
                                             Gillette   Co.    (personal    care
                                             products)   and  Sun  Company  Inc.
                                             (petroleum refining and marketing).

Eugene L. Podsiadlo (39).....................President
466 Lexington Avenue                         Managing     Director    of    EMW;
New York, New York 10017-3147                Associated  with  EMW  since  1991;
                                             Vice  President of  Citibank,  N.A.
                                             from    1987-1991;    Senior   Vice
                                             President of Counsellors Securities
                                             and  other   investment   companies
                                             advised by Warburg.

Stephen Distler (43).........................Vice President
466 Lexington Avenue                         Managing  Director,  Controller and
New York, New York 10017-3147                Assistant    Secretary    of   EMW;
                                             Associated  with  EMW  since  1984;
                                             Treasurer      of       Counsellors
                                             Securities;     Vice     President,
                                             Treasurer   and  Chief   Accounting
                                             Officer or Vice President and Chief
                                             Financial    Officer    of    other
                                             investment   companies  advised  by
                                             Warburg.

Eugene P. Grace (45).........................Vice President and Secretary
466 Lexington Avenue                         Associated  with  EMW  since  April
New York, New York 10017-3147                1994;      Attorney-at-law     from
                                             September   1989-April  1994;  life
                                             insurance   agent,  New  York  Life
                                             Insurance  Company from  1993-1994;
                                             General Counsel and Secretary, Home
                                             Unity Savings Bank from  1991-1992;
                                             Vice President and Chief Compliance
                                             Officer of Counsellors  Securities;
                                             Vice  President  and  Secretary  of
                                             other investment  companies advised
                                             by Warburg.





                                      -29-
<PAGE>




Howard Conroy (42)...........................Vice President and Chief Financial
466 Lexington Avenue                         Officer  Associated  with EMW since
New York, New York 10017-3147                1992;    Associated   with   Martin
                                             Geller, C.P.A. from 1990-1992; Vice
                                             President,       Finance       with
                                             Gabelli/Rosenthal & Partners,  L.P.
                                             until   1990;    Vice    President,
                                             Treasurer   and  Chief   Accounting
                                             Officer    of   other    investment
                                             companies advised by Warburg.

Daniel S. Madden, CPA (31)...................Treasurer and Chief Accounting
466 Lexington Avenue                         Officer  Associated  with EMW since
New York, New York 10017-3147                1995;   Associated  with  BlackRock
                                             Financial  Management,   Inc.  from
                                             September  1994  to  October  1996;
                                             Associated with BEA Associates from
                                             April  1993  to   September   1994;
                                             Associated  with  Ernst & Young LLP
                                             from  1990 to 1993.  Treasurer  and
                                             Chief  Accounting  Officer of other
                                             investment   companies  advised  by
                                             Warburg.

Janna Manes (29).............................Assistant Secretary
466 Lexington Avenue                         Associated  with  EMW  since  1996;
York 10017-3147                              Associated  New York,  New with the
                                             law   firm   of   Willkie   Farr  &
                                             Gallagher from 1993-1996; Assistant
                                             Secretary   of   other   investment
                                             companies advised by Warburg.




                                      -30-
<PAGE>




         No  employee  of  Warburg or PFPC Inc.,  the  Trust's  co-administrator
("PFPC"),  or any of their affiliates  receives any compensation  from the Trust
for acting as an officer or  Trustee  of the Trust.  Each  Trustee  who is not a
director,  trustee,  officer  or  employee  of  Warburg,  PFPC  or any of  their
affiliates receives an annual fee of $500 and $250 for each meeting of the Board
attended  by him for his  services  as Trustee and is  reimbursed  for  expenses
incurred in connection with his attendance at Board meetings.

Trustees' Compensation
- ----------------------
(estimated for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997)+

                                    Total               Total Compensation from
                              Compensation from        all Investment Companies
    Name of Director                Trust                 Managed by Warburg*


John L. Furth                        None**                    None**
Arnold M. Reichman                   None**                    None**
Richard N. Cooper                    $1,500                    $48,000
Donald J. Donahue                    $1,500                    $48,000
Jack W. Fritz                        $1,500                    $48,000
Thomas A. Melfe                      $1,500                    $48,000
Alexander B. Trowbridge              $1,500                    $48,000

- --------------------------

+    Estimates of future payments to be made pursuant to existing arrangements.

*    Each  Trustee  also serves as a Director or Trustee of 22 other  investment
     companies advised by Warburg.

**   Mr. Furth and Mr.  Reichman are considered to be interested  persons of the
     Trust and Warburg,  as defined under Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act, and,
     accordingly, receive no compensation from the Trust or any other investment
     company managed by Warburg.

         As of December 27, 1996, no Trustees or officers of the Trust owned any
of the outstanding shares of the Portfolios.

Portfolio Managers
- ------------------

         Mr.  Dale  C.  Christensen,   co-portfolio   manager  of  each  of  the
Portfolios,  earned a B.S. in  Agriculture  from the University of Alberta and a
B.Ed. in Mathematics from the University of Calgary, both located in Canada. Mr.
Christensen is also  co-portfolio  manager of Warburg Pincus Global Fixed Income
Fund,  Warburg Pincus Fixed Income Fund,  Warburg Pincus  Intermediate  Maturity
Government  Fund and Warburg Pincus New York  Intermediate  Municipal  Fund. Mr.
Christensen directs the fixed income group at Warburg,  which he joined in 1989,
providing  portfolio  management  for  Warburg  Pincus  Funds and  institutional
clients around the



                                      -31-
<PAGE>




world. Mr. Christensen was a Vice President in the International Private Banking
division and the domestic pension fund management division at Citicorp from 1984
to 1989. Prior to that, Mr.  Christensen was a fixed income portfolio manager at
CIC Asset Management from 1982 to 1984.

         Mr. M. Anthony E. van Daalen,  co-portfolio manager of the Fixed Income
Portfolio,  earned a B.A.  degree from Wesleyan  University and a M.B.A.  degree
from New York University. Mr. van Daalen is also co-portfolio manager of Warburg
Pincus Fixed Income Fund and Warburg  Pincus  Intermediate  Maturity  Government
Fund.  He has been a portfolio  manager for Warburg  Pincus Funds since  joining
Warburg in 1992, specializing in government and high yield bonds. Mr. van Daalen
was an Assistant Vice  President,  Portfolio  Manager at Citibank in the Private
Banking  Group  from 1985 to 1991.  Prior to that Mr.  van  Daalen  was a Retail
Banking Manager at The  Connecticut  Bank and Trust Co. from 1983 to 1985 and an
Analyst at Goldstein/Krall Market Research from 1982 to 1983.

         Laxmi C.  Bhandari,  co-portfolio  Manager of the Global  Fixed  Income
Portfolio, earned a Ph.D in Finance and a M.B.A. from the University of Chicago,
his P.G.D.M. degree (M.B.A. equivalent) from the Indian Institute of Management,
Ahmedabad, India and B.Com. degree from Rajasthan University, India. He has also
been a  co-portfolio  manager of Warburg  Pincus  Global Fixed Income Fund since
joining EMW in 1993, specializing in derivative-based products. Mr. Bhandari was
a Vice President in charge of Arbitrage Trading at the Paribas  Corporation from
1991 to 1993. Prior to that Mr. Bhandari was a Vice President of Asset Liability
Management  at Chemical  Bank from 1987 to 1991 and an  Assistant  Professor  of
Advanced  Portfolio  Management and Advanced Corporate Finance at the University
of Alberta from 1982 to 1987.

Investment Adviser and Co-Administrators
- ----------------------------------------

         Warburg  serves as investment  adviser to each  Portfolio,  Counsellors
Funds Service, Inc. ("Counsellors  Service") serves as a co-administrator to the
Trust and PFPC serves as a  co-administrator  to the Trust  pursuant to separate
written  agreements  (the  "Advisory   Agreements,"  the  "Counsellors   Service
Co-Administration   Agreement"  and  the  "PFPC  Co-Administration   Agreement,"
respectively).  The services  provided by, and the fees payable by the Trust to,
Warburg under the Advisory Agreements, Counsellors Service under the Counsellors
Service  Co-Administration  Agreement and PFPC under the PFPC  Co-Administration
Agreement are described in the Prospectus.

Custodian and Transfer Agent
- ----------------------------

         PNC Bank, National Association ("PNC") serves as custodian of the Fixed
Income  Portfolio's  assets and also provides certain custodial services for the
Global  Fixed  Income  Portfolio  in  connection  with  purchase and sale of the
Portfolio's shares.  Fiduciary Trust Company International  ("Fiduciary") serves
as custodian of the Global Fixed Income Portfolio's assets.  Under the custodian
agreement,  PNC and Fiduciary each (i) maintains a separate  account or accounts
in the name of the  relevant  Portfolio,  (ii)  holds  and  transfers  portfolio
securities  on account of the  relevant  Portfolio,  (iii)  makes  receipts  and
disbursements  of money on behalf of the relevant  Portfolio,  (iv) collects and
receives all income and other payments and distributions on



                                      -32-
<PAGE>




account of the  relevant  Portfolio's  portfolio  securities  held by it and (v)
makes  periodic   reports  to  the  Board   concerning  the  Trust's   custodial
arrangements.  PNC is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of PNC Bank Corp., and
its  principal  business  address is Broad and Chestnut  Streets,  Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania  19101.  The principal  business  address of Fiduciary is Two World
Trade Center, New York, New York 10048.

         State  Street Bank and Trust  Company  ("State  Street")  serves as the
shareholder  servicing,  transfer  and  dividend  disbursing  agent of the Trust
pursuant to a Transfer  Agency and Service  Agreement,  under which State Street
(i) issues and redeems  shares of each  Portfolio,  (ii) addresses and mails all
communications  by the Trust to record  owners of  Portfolio  shares,  including
reports to shareholders,  dividend and  distribution  notices and proxy material
for its meetings of shareholders,  (iii) maintains  shareholder accounts and, if
requested,  sub-accounts and (iv) makes periodic reports to the Board concerning
the transfer  agent's  operations  with  respect to the Trust.  State Street has
delegated  to Boston  Financial  Data  Services,  Inc.,  a 50% owned  subsidiary
("BFDS"),  responsibility  for  most  shareholder  servicing  functions.  BFDS's
principal business address is 2 Heritage Drive, Boston, Massachusetts 02171. The
principal  business  address of State  Street is 225  Franklin  Street,  Boston,
Massachusetts 02110.

Organization of the Trust
- -------------------------

         The Trust was  organized as an  unincorporated  Massachusetts  business
trust under the name "Warburg, Pincus Trust II."

         Massachusetts  law provides  that  shareholders  could,  under  certain
circumstances,  be held  personally  liable for the  obligations of a Portfolio.
However,  the Declaration of Trust disclaims  shareholder  liability for acts or
obligations of the Trust and requires that notice of such disclaimer be given in
each agreement,  obligation or instrument  entered into or executed by the Trust
or a Trustee.  The  Declaration  of Trust  provides for  indemnification  from a
Portfolio's  property  for all  losses  and  expenses  of any  shareholder  held
personally  liable  for  the  obligations  of the  Trust.  Thus,  the  risk of a
shareholder's  incurring  financial loss on account of shareholder  liability is
limited to circumstances in which the relevant Portfolio would be unable to meet
its  obligations,  a possibility that Warburg believes is remote and immaterial.
Upon payment of any liability  incurred by the Trust, the shareholder paying the
liability  will be entitled  to  reimbursement  from the  general  assets of the
relevant  Portfolio.  The Trustees intend to conduct the operations of the Trust
in such a way so as to avoid,  as far as  possible,  ultimate  liability  of the
shareholders for liabilities of the Trust.

         All  shareholders of a Portfolio,  upon  liquidation,  will participate
ratably in the  Portfolio's  net assets.  Shares do not have  cumulative  voting
rights,  which means that holders of more than 50% of the shares  voting for the
election of Trustees can elect all Trustees. Shares are transferable but have no
preemptive, conversion or subscription rights.





                                      -33-
<PAGE>




                 ADDITIONAL PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION

         As described in the  Prospectus,  shares of the  Portfolios  may not be
purchased or redeemed by individual  investors  directly but may be purchased or
redeemed  only  through  Variable  Contracts  offered by  separate  accounts  of
Participating    Insurance    Companies    and    through    Plans,    including
participant-directed  Plans which elect to make a Portfolio an investment option
for Plan participants. The offering price of each Portfolio's shares is equal to
its per share net asset  value.  Additional  information  on how to purchase and
redeem a  Portfolio's  shares and how such  shares are priced is included in the
Prospectus under "Net Asset Value."

         Under the 1940 Act, a Portfolio  may suspend the right of redemption or
postpone the date of payment  upon  redemption  for any period  during which the
NYSE is closed,  other than customary  weekend and holiday  closings,  or during
which trading on the NYSE is  restricted,  or during which (as determined by the
SEC) an  emergency  exists as a result of which  disposal or fair  valuation  of
portfolio securities is not reasonably practicable, or for such other periods as
the SEC may permit. (A Portfolio may also suspend or postpone the recordation of
an  exchange  of its  shares  upon  the  occurrence  of  any  of  the  foregoing
conditions.)

         If the Board  determines  that  conditions  exist which make payment of
redemption  proceeds wholly in cash unwise or undesirable,  a Portfolio may make
payment wholly or partly in securities or other investment instruments which may
not constitute  securities as such term is defined in the applicable  securities
laws. If a redemption is paid wholly or partly in securities or other  property,
a  shareholder  would incur  transaction  costs in disposing  of the  redemption
proceeds. The Trust intends to comply with Rule 18f-1 promulgated under the 1940
Act with respect to redemptions in kind.

                     ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONCERNING TAXES

         The discussion set out below of tax considerations  generally affecting
the Trust  and its  shareholders  is  intended  to be only a summary  and is not
intended as a substitute for careful tax planning by  prospective  shareholders.
Shareholders  are  advised to consult  the  sponsoring  Participating  Insurance
Company separate account prospectus or the Plan documents or other informational
materials  supplied by Plan  sponsors and their own tax advisers with respect to
the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in a Portfolio.

         Each Portfolio intends to qualify as a "regulated  investment  company"
under  Subchapter  M of the Code.  If it  qualifies  as a  regulated  investment
company,  a  Portfolio  will pay no  federal  income  taxes on its  taxable  net
investment  income (that is,  taxable  income  other than net  realized  capital
gains) and its net realized  capital gains that are distributed to shareholders.
To qualify  under  Subchapter  M, a  Portfolio  must,  among other  things:  (i)
distribute to its shareholders at least 90% of its taxable net investment income
(for this purpose  consisting of taxable net investment  income and net realized
short-term  capital  gains);  (ii) derive at least 90% of its gross  income from
dividends,  interest,  payments with respect to loans of securities,  gains from
the sale or other disposition of securities, or other income (including, but not
limited to, gains from options,  futures,  and forward  contracts)  derived with
respect to its business of investing in  securities;  (iii) derive less than 30%
of its annual gross income from the sale or other



                                      -34-
<PAGE>




disposition of securities,  options,  futures or forward contracts held for less
than three months;  and (iv)  diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each
fiscal  quarter of the  Portfolio  (a) at least 50% of the  market  value of the
Portfolio's assets is represented by cash, U.S. Government  Securities and other
securities, with those other securities limited, with respect to any one issuer,
to an amount no greater in value than 5% of the Portfolio's  total assets and to
not more than 10% of the outstanding  voting  securities of the issuer,  and (b)
not more than 25% of the market value of the  Portfolio's  assets is invested in
the  securities  of any one issuer  (other than U.S.  Government  Securities  or
securities of other  regulated  investment  companies) or of two or more issuers
that the Portfolio controls and that are determined to be in the same or similar
trades  or  businesses  or  related  trades  or  businesses.  In  meeting  these
requirements, a Portfolio may be restricted in the selling of securities held by
the  Portfolio for less than three months and in the  utilization  of certain of
the investment  techniques  described above and in the Trust's Prospectus.  As a
regulated investment company, a Portfolio will be subject to a 4% non-deductible
excise tax measured  with respect to certain  undistributed  amounts of ordinary
income and capital gain  required to be but not  distributed  under a prescribed
formula.  The formula requires payment to shareholders during a calendar year of
distributions  representing  at least 98% of the  Portfolio's  taxable  ordinary
income for the calendar year and at least 98% of the excess of its capital gains
over capital losses realized during the one-year period ending October 31 during
such year,  together with any undistributed,  untaxed amounts of ordinary income
and capital gains from the previous  calendar year. The Portfolios expect to pay
the dividends and make the  distributions  necessary to avoid the application of
this excise tax.

         In addition,  each Portfolio intends to comply with the diversification
requirements of Section 817(h) of the Code related to the tax-deferred status of
insurance  company separate  accounts.  To comply with regulations under Section
817(h) of the Code, each Portfolio will be required to diversify its investments
so that on the last day of each  calendar  quarter no more than 55% of the value
of its  assets  is  represented  by any  one  investment,  no more  than  70% is
represented by any two investments, no more than 80% is represented by any three
investments  and no  more  than  90% is  represented  by any  four  investments.
Generally, all securities of the same issuer are treated as a single investment.
For the purposes of Section  817(h),  obligations of the United States  Treasury
and each U.S.  government  instrumentality are treated as securities of separate
issuers.  The  Treasury  Department  has  indicated  that  it may  issue  future
pronouncements addressing the circumstances in which a Variable Contract owner's
control of the investments of a separate account may cause the Variable Contract
owner,  rather than the Participating  Insurance  Company,  to be treated as the
owner of the assets held by the separate account. If the Variable Contract owner
is  considered  the owner of the  securities  underlying  the separate  account,
income and gains produced by those securities would be included currently in the
Variable  Contract owner's gross income.  It is not known what standards will be
set forth in such pronouncements or when, if at all, these pronouncements may be
issued.  In the event that rules or  regulations  are  adopted,  there can be no
assurance that the Portfolios will be able to operate as currently described, or
that the  Trust  will not  have to  change  the  investment  goal or  investment
policies of a Portfolio.  While a Portfolio's investment goal is fundamental and
may be  changed  only by a vote of a  majority  of the  Portfolio's  outstanding
shares,  the Board  reserves  the right to modify the  investment  policies of a
Portfolio as necessary to prevent any such prospective rules and



                                      -35-
<PAGE>




regulations from causing a Variable Contract owner to be considered the owner of
the shares of the Portfolio underlying the separate account.

         A  Portfolio's  transactions,  if any, in foreign  currencies,  forward
contracts,   options  and  futures  contracts  (including  options  and  forward
contracts on foreign  currencies)  will be subject to special  provisions of the
Code that,  among other  things,  may affect the  character  of gains and losses
recognized  by the  Portfolio  (i.e.,  may  affect  whether  gains or losses are
ordinary or capital),  accelerate recognition of income to the Portfolio,  defer
Portfolio  losses and cause the  Portfolio  to be  subject to  hyperinflationary
currency  rules.  These rules could therefore  affect the character,  amount and
timing of distributions to shareholders.  These provisions also (i) will require
a Portfolio to mark-to-market  certain types of its positions (i.e.,  treat them
as if they were closed out) and (ii) may cause the Portfolio to recognize income
without  receiving  cash with which to pay  dividends or make  distributions  in
amounts  necessary to satisfy the distribution  requirements for avoiding income
and excise taxes.  Each Portfolio will monitor its  transactions,  will make the
appropriate tax elections and will make the appropriate entries in its books and
records when it acquires any foreign currency, forward contract, option, futures
contract  or  hedged  investment  so that  (a)  neither  the  Portfolio  nor its
shareholders will be treated as receiving a materially greater amount of capital
gains or  distributions  than actually  realized or received,  (b) the Portfolio
will be able to use  substantially  all of its losses  for the  fiscal  years in
which the losses  actually  occur and (c) the Portfolio will continue to qualify
as a regulated investment company.

         As described in the Prospectus,  because shares of a Portfolio may only
be purchased  through  Variable  Contracts  and Plans,  it is  anticipated  that
dividends  and  distributions  will be exempt from  current  taxation if left to
accumulate within the Variable Contracts or Plans.

Investment in Passive Foreign Investment Companies
- --------------------------------------------------

         If a Portfolio  purchases shares in certain foreign entities classified
under  the  Code  as  "passive  foreign  investment  companies"  ("PFICs"),  the
Portfolio  may be  subject  to  federal  income  tax on a portion  of an "excess
distribution" or gain from the disposition of the shares, even though the income
may have to be  distributed by the Portfolio to its  shareholders,  the Variable
Contracts and Plans.  In addition,  gain on the  disposition of shares in a PFIC
generally  is treated as  ordinary  income  even  though the shares are  capital
assets in the hands of the Portfolio. Certain interest charges may be imposed on
the  Portfolio  with respect to any taxes arising from excess  distributions  or
gains on the disposition of shares in a PFIC.

         A Portfolio may be eligible to elect to include in its gross income its
share of earnings of a PFIC on a current  basis.  Generally,  the election would
eliminate  the  interest  charge  and  the  ordinary  income  treatment  on  the
disposition of stock,  but such an election may have the effect of  accelerating
the recognition of income and gains by the Portfolio compared to a fund that did
not make  the  election.  In  addition,  information  required  to make  such an
election may not be available to the Portfolio.

         On April 1, 1992 proposed  regulations of the Internal  Revenue Service
(the "IRS") were  published  providing a  mark-to-market  election for regulated
investment companies. The IRS subsequently issued a notice indicating that final
regulations will provide that regulated



                                      -36-
<PAGE>

investment companies may elect the mark-to-market  election for tax years ending
after  March 31, 1992 and before  April 1, 1993.  Whether and to what extent the
notice will apply to taxable  years of a Portfolio is unclear.  If the Portfolio
is not able to make the foregoing election, it may be able to avoid the interest
charge (but not the ordinary  income  treatment) on  disposition of the stock by
electing,  under proposed  regulations,  each year to  mark-to-market  the stock
(that is, treat it as if it were sold for fair market  value).  Such an election
could  result in  acceleration  of income to the  Portfolio.  Recently  proposed
legislation would codify the  mark-to-market  election for regulated  investment
companies.

                          DETERMINATION OF PERFORMANCE

         From time to time,   a Portfolio  may  quote its total return  or yield
in advertisements   or in reports  and other   communications  to  shareholders.
Total return is calculated by finding the average  annual  compounded  rates  of
return for the one-,  five-, and  ten- (or such shorter period as the  Portfolio
has  been  offered)   year   periods   that  would   equate  the initial  amount
invested to the ending   redeemable value according to  the following   formula:
P (1 +  T) [*GRAPHIC OMITTED-SEE  FOOTNOTE BELOW] =  ERV.  For  purposes of this
formula, "P"  is a  hypothetical investment  of $1,000;  "T" is  average  annual
total  return;  "n"  is  number  of  years;   and "ERV" is the ending redeemable
value of  a hypothetical   $1,000 payment  made at  the beginning  of the  one-,
five- or ten-year periods (or  fractional portion thereof). Total return  or "T"
is computed by  finding the average   annual change in  the value of  an initial
$1,000   investment   over the  period   and assumes  that  all  dividends   and
distributions are reinvested during the period.

         A  Portfolio  may  advertise,  from  time to time,  comparisons  of its
performance with that of one or more other mutual funds with similar  investment
objectives. A Portfolio may advertise average annual  calendar-year-to-date  and
calendar  quarter  returns,  which are  calculated  according to the formula set
forth in the  preceding  paragraph,  except that the relevant  measuring  period
would be the number of months that have elapsed in the current  calendar year or
most recent three months,  as the case may be.  Investors  should note that this
performance may not be  representative of the Portfolio's total return in longer
market cycles.

         Yield is calculated by annualizing the net investment  income generated
by a Portfolio  over a specified  thirty-day  period  according to the following
formula:

          YIELD = 2[( a-b +1)[**GRAPHIC OMITTED-SEE FOOTNOTE BELOW] -1]
                      ---
                       cd

For purposes of this formula: "a" is dividends and interest earned during the
period; "b" is expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements); "c" is
the average daily number of shares outstanding during the period that were
entitled to receive dividends; and "d" is the maximum offering price per share
on the last day of the period.

         A Portfolio's  performance  will vary from time to time  depending upon
market  conditions,  the  composition  of its portfolio  and operating  expenses
allocable  to it.  As  described  above,  total  return  is based on  historical
earnings and is not intended to indicate future performance.  Consequently,  any
given performance quotation should not be considered as

- -------------------------
* The expression (1 + T) is being raised to the nth power.

** The expression (a-b + 1) is being raised to the 6th power.

                                      -37-
<PAGE>




representative   of  performance  for  any  specified   period  in  the  future.
Performance  information  may be  useful as a basis for  comparison  with  other
investment  alternatives.  However,  a Portfolio's  performance  will fluctuate,
unlike certain bank deposits or other  investments which pay a fixed yield for a
stated period of time.  Performance  quotations for the  Portfolios  include the
effect of deducting each Portfolio's  expenses,  but may not include charges and
expenses  attributable to any particular  Variable Contract or Plan, which would
reduce the returns described in this section. See the Prospectus, "Performance."

                       INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS AND COUNSEL

         Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. ("Coopers & Lybrand"),  with principal offices
at  2400  Eleven  Penn  Center,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania  19103,  serves  as
independent  accountants for the Trust. The statements of assets and liabilities
for the Portfolios that appear in this Statement of Additional  Information have
been audited by Coopers & Lybrand, whose report thereon appears elsewhere herein
and have  been  included  herein  in  reliance  upon the  report of such firm of
independent  accountants given upon their authority as experts in accounting and
auditing.

         Willkie  Farr &  Gallagher  serves as counsel  for the Trust as well as
counsel to Warburg, Counsellors Service and Counsellors Securities.

                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

         Each Portfolio's statement of assets and liabilities follows the Report
of Independent Accountants.








                                      -38-
<PAGE>



                                    APPENDIX

                             DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS

Corporate Bond Ratings

         The following summarizes the ratings used by S&P for corporate bonds:

         AAA - This is the highest rating  assigned by S&P to a debt  obligation
and indicates an extremely strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

         AA - Debt rated AA has a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay
principal and differs from AAA issues only in small degree.

         A - Debt  rated A has a  strong  capacity  to pay  interest  and  repay
principal  although they are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of
changes in  circumstances  and  economic  conditions  than debt in  higher-rated
categories.

         BBB - This  is the  lowest  investment  grade.  Debt  rated  BBB has an
adequate  capacity to pay  interest  and repay  principal.  Although it normally
exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing
circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and
repay  principal  for  bonds in this  category  than for  bonds in  higher-rated
categories.

         BB, B, CCC,  CC, C - Debt rated BB, B, CCC,  CC and C is  regarded,  on
balance,  as predominantly  speculative with respect to capacity to pay interest
and  repay  principal  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of the  obligation.  BB
represents  a lower  degree of  speculation  than B and C the highest  degree of
speculation.  While such bonds will  likely  have some  quality  and  protective
characteristics,  these are  outweighed  by large  uncertainties  or major  risk
exposures to adverse conditions.

         BB - Debt rated BB has less  near-term  vulnerability  to default  than
other  speculative  issues.  However,  they face major ongoing  uncertainties or
exposure to adverse business,  financial,  or economic  conditions,  which could
lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments.  The
BB rating  category  is also used for debt  subordinated  to senior debt that is
assigned an actual or implied BBB rating.

         B - Debt rated B has a greater  vulnerability  to default but currently
have the capacity to meet interest  payments and principal  repayments.  Adverse
business,  financial,  or economic  conditions  will likely  impair  capacity or
willingness to pay interest and repay  principal.  The B rating category is also
used for debt  subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied
BB or BB- rating.

         CCC - Debt  rated CCC has a  currently  identifiable  vulnerability  to
default  and is  dependent  upon  favorable  business,  financial  and  economic
conditions to meet timely payment of interest and repayment of principal. In the
event of adverse business, financial or economic




                                      A-1
<PAGE>

conditions,  it is not likely to have the  capacity  to pay  interest  and repay
principal.  The CCC rating category is also used for debt subordinated to senior
debt that is assigned an actual or implied B or B- rating.

         CC - This rating is typically  applied to debt  subordinated  to senior
debt that is assigned an actual or implied CCC rating.

         C - This rating is  typically  applied to debt  subordinated  to senior
debt which is assigned an actual or implied CCC- debt  rating.  The C rating may
be used to cover a situation  where a bankruptcy  petition  has been filed,  but
debt service payments are continued.

         Additionally,  the rating CI is reserved  for income  bonds on which no
interest is being paid.  Such debt is rated  between debt rated C and debt rated
D.

         To provide more detailed  indications  of credit  quality,  the ratings
from "AA" to "CCC" may be  modified  by the  addition of a plus or minus sign to
show relative standing within this major rating category.

         D - Debt rated D is in payment  default.  The D rating category is used
when interest  payments or principal  payments are not made on the date due even
if the  applicable  grace period has not expired,  unless S&P believes that such
payments will be made during such grace  period.  The D rating also will be used
upon  the  filing  of  a  bankruptcy  petition  if  debt  service  payments  are
jeopardized.

         The  following  summarizes  the ratings  used by Moody's for  corporate
bonds:

         Aaa - Bonds  that are rated Aaa are  judged to be of the best  quality.
They carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally  referred to
as "gilt edged."  Interest  payments are  protected by a large or  exceptionally
stable margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are
likely to change,  such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair
the fundamentally strong position of such issues.

         Aa - Bonds  that are rated Aa are  judged to be of high  quality by all
standards. Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as
high grade bonds.  They are rated lower than the best bonds  because  margins of
protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective
elements  may be of greater  amplitude  or there may be other  elements  present
which make the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

         A  -  Bonds  which  are  rated  A  possess  many  favorable  investment
attributes and are to be considered as upper-medium-grade  obligations.  Factors
giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate,  but elements
may be present which  suggest a  susceptibility  to  impairment  sometime in the
future.

         Baa -  Bonds  which  are  rated  Baa  are  considered  as  medium-grade
obligations,  i.e.,  they are  neither  highly  protected  nor  poorly  secured.
Interest  payments and principal  security  appear  adequate for the present but
certain protective elements may be lacking or may be


                                      A-2
<PAGE>

characteristically  unreliable  over any great  length of time.  Such bonds lack
outstanding   investment   characteristics   and  in   fact   have   speculative
characteristics as well.

         Ba - Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative  elements;
their future  cannot be  considered  as well  assured.  Often the  protection of
interest  and  principal  payments  may be very  moderate  and  thereby not well
safeguarded  during  both good and bad times  over the  future.  Uncertainty  of
position characterizes bonds in this class.

         B - Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of desirable
investments.  Assurance of interest and principal  payments or of maintenance of
other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.

         Moody's  applies  numerical  modifiers (1, 2 and 3) with respect to the
bonds rated "Aa" through "B". The modifier 1 indicates that the bond being rated
ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates
a mid-range  ranking;  and the  modifier 3 indicates  that the bond ranks in the
lower end of its generic rating category.

         Caa - Bonds that are rated Caa are of poor  standing.  These issues may
be in default or present  elements of danger may exist with respect to principal
or interest.

         Ca  -  Bonds  which  are  rated  Ca  represent  obligations  which  are
speculative  in a high  degree.  Such  issues are often in default or have other
marked shortcomings.

         C - Bonds which are rated C are the lowest  rated  class of bonds,  and
issues so rated can be  regarded  as having  extremely  poor  prospects  of ever
attaining any real investment standing.

Short-Term Note Ratings

         The  following  summarizes  the  two  highest  ratings  used by S&P for
short-term notes:

         SP-1 - Loans bearing this designation evidence a very strong
or strong capacity to pay principal and interest. Those issues determined to
possess overwhelming safety characteristics will be given a plus sign
designation.

         SP-2 - Loans bearing this designation evidence a satisfactory  capacity
to pay principal and interest.

         The following  summarizes  the two highest  ratings used by Moody's for
short-term notes and variable rate demand obligations:

         MIG-1/VMIG-1 - Obligations  bearing these  designations are of the best
quality,  enjoying strong  protection from  established  cash flows of funds for
their servicing or from  established  and  broad-based  access to the market for
refinancing, or both.

         MIG-2/VMIG-2  -  Obligations  bearing  these  designations  are of high
quality  with  margins  of  protection  ample  although  not so  large as in the
preceding group.


                                      A-3
<PAGE>




Commercial Paper Ratings
- ------------------------

         The following  summarizes the two highest ratings for commercial  paper
used by S&P and Moody's, respectively:

         Commercial paper rated A-1 by S&P's indicates that the degree of safety
regarding timely payment is strong. Those issues determined to possess extremely
strong safety characteristics are denoted with a plus sign designation. Capacity
for timely  payment  on  commercial  paper  rated A-2 is  satisfactory,  but the
relative degree of safety is not as high as for issues designated A-1.

         The rating Prime-1 is the highest  commercial  paper rating assigned by
Moody's.   Issuers  rated  Prime-1  (or  related  supporting  institutions)  are
considered to have a superior  capacity for  repayment of short-term  promissory
obligations.  Issuers rated  Prime-2 (or related  supporting  institutions)  are
considered  to have a strong  capacity for  repayment of  short-term  promissory
obligations.  This will normally be evidenced by many of the  characteristics of
issuers  rated  Prime-1 but to a lesser  degree.  Earnings  trends and  coverage
ratios,  while  sound,  will  be  more  subject  to  variation.   Capitalization
characteristics,  while  still  appropriate,  may be more  affected  by external
conditions. Ample alternative liquidity is maintained.

Municipal Obligations Ratings
- -----------------------------

         The  following  summarizes  the  ratings  used  by  S&P  for  Municipal
Obligations:

         AAA - This is the highest rating  assigned by S&P to a debt  obligation
and indicates an extremely strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

         AA - Debt rated AA has a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay
principal and differs from AAA issues only in small degree.

         A - Debt  rated A has a  strong  capacity  to pay  interest  and  repay
principal  although they are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of
changes in  circumstances  and  economic  conditions  than debt in  higher-rated
categories.

         BBB - This  is the  lowest  investment  grade.  Debt  rated  BBB has an
adequate capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Although adverse economic
conditions  or  changing  circumstances  are more  likely to lead to a  weakened
capacity to pay interest and repay  principal  for debt in this category than in
higher rated categories.

         BB, B, CCC,  CC, C - Debt rated BB, B, CCC,  CC and C is  regarded,  on
balance,  as predominately  speculative with respect to capacity to pay interest
and  repay  principal  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of the  obligation.  BB
represents  a lower  degree of  speculation  than B and C the highest  degree of
speculation.  While such bonds will  likely  have some  quality  and  protective
characteristics,  these are  outweighed  by large  uncertainties  or major  risk
exposures to adverse conditions.


                                      A-4
<PAGE>

         BB - Bonds rated BB have less near-term  vulnerability  to default than
other  speculative  issues.  However,  they face major ongoing  uncertainties or
exposure to adverse business,  financial,  or economic  conditions,  which could
lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments.  The
BB rating  category  is also used for debt  subordinated  to senior debt that is
assigned an actual or implied BBB rating.

         B - Bonds rated B have a greater vulnerability to default but currently
have the capacity to meet interest  payments and principal  repayments.  Adverse
business,  financial,  or economic  conditions  will likely  impair  capacity or
willingness to pay interest and repay  principal.  The B rating category is also
used for debt  subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied
BB or BB- rating.

         CCC - Debt  rated CCC has a  currently  identifiable  vulnerability  to
default  and is  dependent  upon  favorable  business,  financial  and  economic
conditions to meet timely payment of interest and repayment of principal. In the
event of adverse business, financial or economic conditions, it is not likely to
have the capacity to pay interest and repay  principal.  The CCC rating category
is also used for debt  subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or
implied B or B- rating.

         CC - This rating is typically  applied to debt  subordinated  to senior
debt that is assigned an actual or implied CCC rating.

         C - This rating is  typically  applied to debt  subordinated  to senior
debt which is assigned an actual or implied CCC- debt  rating.  The C rating may
be used to cover a situation  where a bankruptcy  petition  has been filed,  but
debt service payments are continued.

         Additionally,  the rating CI is reserved  for income  bonds on which no
interest is being paid.  Such debt is rated  between debt rated C and debt rated
D.

         To provide more detailed  indications  of credit  quality,  the ratings
from "AA" to "CCC" may be  modified  by the  addition of a plus or minus sign to
show relative standing within this major rating category.

         D - Debt rated D is in payment  default.  The D rating category is used
when interest  payments or principal  payments are not made on the date due even
if the  applicable  grace period has not expired,  unless S&P believes that such
payments will be made during such grace  period.  The D rating also will be used
upon  the  filing  of  a  bankruptcy  petition  if  debt  service  payments  are
jeopardized.

         The following  summarizes  the highest four  municipal  ratings used by
Moody's:

         Aaa - Bonds  which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best  quality.
They carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally  referred to
as "gilt  edge."  Interest  payments are  protected by a large or  exceptionally
stable margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are
likely to change,  such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair
the fundamentally strong position of such issues.



                                      A-5
<PAGE>


         Aa - Bonds  which are rated as are judged to be of high  quality by all
standards. Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as
high-grade  bonds.  They are rated lower than the best bonds because  margins of
protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective
elements  may be of greater  amplitude  or there may be other  elements  present
which make the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

         A  -  Bonds  which  are  rated  A  possess  many  favorable  investment
attributes and are to be considered as upper-medium-grade  obligations.  Factors
giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate,  but elements
may be present which  suggest a  susceptibility  to  impairment  sometime in the
future.

         Baa -  Bonds  which  are  rated  Baa  are  considered  as  medium-grade
obligations,  i.e.,  they are  neither  highly  protected  nor  poorly  secured.
Interest  payments and principal  security  appear  adequate for the present but
certain  protective  elements  may  be  lacking  or  may  be  characteristically
unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment
characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.

         Ba - Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative  elements;
their future  cannot be  considered  as well  assured.  Often the  protection of
interest  and  principal  payments  may be very  moderate  and  thereby not well
safeguarded  during  both good and bad times  over the  future.  Uncertainty  of
position characterizes bonds in this class.

         B - Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of desirable
investments.  Assurance of interest and principal  payments or of maintenance of
other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.

         Note:  Those  bonds in the Aa, A, Baa,  Ba and B groups  which  Moody's
believes  possess the  strongest  investment  attributes  are  designated by the
symbols Aa1, A1, Baa1, Ba1, and B1.

         Caa - Bonds that are rated Caa are of poor  standing.  These issues may
be in default or present  elements of danger may exist with respect to principal
or interest.

         Ca  -  Bonds  which  are  rated  Ca  represent  obligations  which  are
speculative  in a high  degree.  Such  issues are often in default or have other
marked shortcomings.

         C - Bonds which are rated C are the lowest  rated  class of bonds,  and
issues so rated can be  regarded  as having  extremely  poor  prospects  of ever
attaining any real investment standing.


                                      A-6


<PAGE>C-1


                                PART C

                           OTHER INFORMATION


Item 24. Financial Statements and Exhibits
         ---------------------------------


                  (a)  Financial Statements included in Part B (to be
filed by amendment):


                       (1)   Reports of Independent Accountants


                       (2)   Statements of Assets and Liabilities


                  (b)  Exhibits:


Exhibit No.       Description of Exhibit
- -----------      -----------------------

    1               Agreement and Declaration of Trust.

    2               By-Laws.

    3               Not applicable.

    4               Forms of Share Certificates.*

    5               Form of Investment Advisory Agreements.*

    6               Form of Distribution Agreement.*

    7               Not applicable.

    8               Form of Custodian Agreements.*

    9(a)            Form of Transfer Agency Agreement.*

     (b)            Forms of Co-Administration Agreements.*


____________________________
*  To be filed by amendment.


<PAGE>C-2



    10(a)           Opinion and Consent of Willkie Farr & Gallagher,
                    counsel to the Trust.*

      (b)           Opinion and Consent of Sullivan & Worcester,
                    Massachusetts counsel to the Trust.*

    11              Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.,
                    Independent Accountants.*

    12              Not Applicable.

    13              Form of Purchase Agreement.*

    14              Not Applicable.

    15              Not Applicable

    16              Not Applicable.

    17              Financial Data Schedules.*


_______________________

*  To be filed by amendment.


Item 25. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control
         with Registrant
         ---------------------------------------------

          All of the outstanding shares of beneficial interest of Registrant on
the date Registrant's Registration Statement becomes effective will be owned by
Warburg, Pincus Counsellors, Inc. ("Warburg"), a corporation formed under New
York law.

Item 26.  Number of Holders of Securities
          -------------------------------

          It is anticipated that Warburg will hold all Registrant's shares of
beneficial interest, par value $0.001 per share, on the date Registrant's
Registration Statement becomes effective.

Item 27.  Indemnification
          ----------------

          Registrant, officers and directors of Warburg, of Counsellors
Securities Inc. ("Counsellors Securities") and of Registrant are covered by
insurance policies indemnifying them for liability incurred in connection with
the operation of Registrant. These policies provide insurance for any "Wrongful
Act" of an officer, director or trustee. Wrongful Act is defined as breach of
duty, neglect, error, misstatement, misleading statement, omission or other act
done or wrongfully attempted by an officer, director or trustee in connection
with the operation of Registrant. Insurance coverage does not extend to (a)
conflicts of interest or gaining in fact any profit or advantage

<PAGE>C-3


to which one is not legally entitled, (b) intentional non-compliance with any
statute or regulation or (c) commission of dishonest, fraudulent acts or
omissions. Insofar as it relates to Registrant, the coverage is limited in
amount and, in certain circumstances, is subject to a deductible.

          Under Section 8.1 of the Declaration of Trust (the "Declaration"), the
Trustees and officers of Registrant, in incurring any debts, liabilities or
obligations, or in taking or omitting any other actions for or in connection
with Registrant, are or shall be deemed to be acting as Trustees or officers of
Registrant and not in their own capacities. No Trustee, officer, employee or
agent of Registrant shall be subject to any personal liability whatsoever in
tort, contract, or otherwise, to any other person or persons in connection with
the assets or affairs of Registrant or of any series of the Registrant (a
"Portfolio") save only that arising from his own willful misfeasance, bad faith,
gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of
his office or the discharge of his functions. Registrant (or if the matter
relates only to a particular Portfolio, that Portfolio) shall be solely liable
for any and all debts, claims, demands, judgments, decrees, liabilities or
obligations of any and every kind, against or with respect to Registrant or such
Portfolio in tort, contract or otherwise in connection with the assets or the
affairs of Registrant or such Portfolio and all persons dealing with Registrant
or any Portfolio shall be deemed to have agreed that resort shall be had solely
to the Trust Property (as defined in the Declaration) of Registrant or the
Portfolio Assets (as defined in the Declaration) of such Portfolio, as the case
may be, for the payment or performance thereof.

          Section 8.2 of the Declaration further limits the liability of the
Trustees by providing that a Trustee shall not be liable for errors of judgment
or mistakes of fact or law. Furthermore, (i) the Trustees shall not be
responsible or liable in any event for any neglect or wrongdoing of any officer,
agent, employee, consultant, Investment Adviser, Administrator, Distributor,
Custodian, Transfer Agent, Dividend Disbursing Agent, Shareholder Servicing
Agent or Accounting Agent (as such terms are defined in the Declaration) of
Registrant, nor shall any Trustee be responsible for the act or omission of any
other Trustee; (ii) the Trustees may take advice of counsel or other experts
with respect to the meaning and operation of the Declaration and their duties as
Trustees, and shall be under no liability for any act or omission in accordance
with such advice or for failing to follow such advice; and (iii) in discharging
their duties, the Trustees, when acting in good faith, shall be entitled to rely
upon the books of account of Registrant and upon written reports made to the
Trustees by any officer appointed by them, any independent public accountant,
and (with respect to the subject matter of the contract involved) any officer,
partner or responsible employee of a contracting party appointed by the

<PAGE>C-4


Trustees pursuant to Section 5.2 of the Declaration. The Trustees are not
required to give any bond or surety or any other security for the performance of
their duties.

          Under Section 8.4 of the Declaration any past or present Trustee or
officer of Registrant (including persons who serve at Registrant's request as
directors, officers or trustees or another organization in which Registrant has
any interest as a shareholder, creditor or otherwise (hereinafter referred to as
a "Covered Person")) is indemnified against liability and all expenses
reasonably incurred by any Covered Person in connection with the defense or
disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding to which he may be a party
or otherwise involved by reason of his being or having been a Covered Person, or
with which he may be or have been threatened, while in office or thereafter, be
reason or having been a Covered Person. This provision does not authorize
indemnification when it is determined, in the manner specified in the
Declaration that such Covered Person has not acted in good faith in the
reasonable belief that his actions were in or not opposed to the best interests
of Registrant. Moreover, this provision does not authorize indemnification when
it is determined, in the manner specified in the Declaration, that such Covered
Person would otherwise be liable to Registrant or its shareholders by reason of
willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of his
duties. Expenses may be paid by Registrant in advance of the final disposition
of any action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by such Covered
Person to repay such expenses to Registrant in the event that it is ultimately
determined that indemnification of such expenses is not authorized under the
Declaration and either (i) the Covered Person provides security for such
undertaking, (ii) Registrant is insured against losses from such advances or
(iii) the disinterested Trustees or independent legal counsel determines, in the
manner specified in the Declaration, that there is reason to believe the Covered
Person will be found to be entitled to indemnification.

          Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), may be permitted to Trustees, officers and
controlling persons of Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or
otherwise, Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and
Exchange Commission ("SEC") such indemnification is against public policy as
expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim
or indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by
Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a Trustee, officer or controlling
person of Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or
proceeding) is asserted by such Trustee, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, Registrant will, unless in the
opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit to a court of appropriate  jurisdiction  the question  whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in

<PAGE>C-5


the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Item 28. Business and Other Connections of
         Investment Adviser
         --------------------------------

          Warburg is a wholly owned subsidiary of Warburg, Pincus Counsellors
G.P., acts as investment adviser to Registrant. Warburg renders investment
advice to a wide variety of individual and institutional clients. The list
required by this Item 28 of officers and directors of Warburg, together with
information as to their other business, profession, vocation or employment of a
substantial nature during the past two years, is incorporated by reference to
Schedules A and D of Form ADV filed by Warburg (SEC File No. 801-07321).

Item 29.   Principal Underwriter
           ----------------------

          (a) Counsellors Securities will act as distributor for Registrant.
Counsellors Securities currently acts as distributor for The RBB Fund, Inc.;
Warburg Pincus Balanced Fund, Warburg Pincus Capital Appreciation Fund; Warburg
Pincus Cash Reserve Fund; Warburg Pincus Emerging Growth Fund; Warburg Pincus
Emerging Markets Fund; Warburg Pincus Fixed Income Fund; Warburg Pincus Global
Fixed Income Fund; Warburg Pincus Global Post-Venture Capital Fund; Warburg
Pincus Growth & Income Fund; Warburg Pincus Health Sciences Fund, Inc.; Warburg
Pincus Institutional Fund, Inc.; Warburg Pincus Intermediate Maturity Government
Fund; Warburg Pincus International Equity Fund; Warburg Pincus Japan Growth
Fund; Warburg Pincus Japan OTC Fund; Warburg Pincus New York Intermediate
Municipal Fund; Warburg Pincus New York Tax Exempt Fund; Warburg Pincus
Post-Venture Capital Fund; Warburg Pincus Small Company Growth Fund; Warburg
Pincus Small Company Value Fund; Warburg Pincus Strategic Value Fund; Warburg
Pincus Tax Free Fund and Warburg Pincus Trust;

          (b) For information relating to each director and officer of
Counsellors Securities, reference is made to Form BD (SEC File No. 15-654) filed
by Counsellors Securities under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

          (c) None.

Item 30. Location of Accounts and Records
         ---------------------------------

                   (1)     Warburg, Pincus Trust II
                           466 Lexington Avenue
                           New York, New York  10017-3147
                           (Registrant's Agreement and Declaration of Trust,
                           By-laws and minute books)



<PAGE>C-6


                  (2) Warburg, Pincus Counsellors, Inc.
                      466 Lexington Avenue
                      New York, New York 10017-3147
                      (records relating to its functions as investment adviser)

                  (3) Counsellors Funds Service, Inc.
                      466 Lexington Avenue
                      New York, New York  10017-3147
                      (records relating to its functions as co-administrator)

                  (4) PFPC Inc.
                      400 Bellevue Parkway
                      Wilmington, Delaware  19809
                      (records relating to its functions as co-administrator)

                  (5) Counsellors Securities Inc.
                      466 Lexington Avenue
                      New York, New York 10017-3147
                      (records relating to its functions as distributor)

                  (6) State Street Bank and Trust Company
                      225 Franklin Street
                      Boston, Massachusetts  02110
                      (records relating to its function as transfer
                      agent and dividend disbursing agent)

                  (7) Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.
                      2 Heritage Drive
                      North Quincy, Massachusetts 02171
                      (records relating to its functions as transfer
                      agent and dividend disbursing agent)

                  (8) PNC Bank, National Association
                      Broad & Chestnut Streets
                      Philadelphia, Pennsylvania  19101
                      (records relating to its functions as custodian)

                  (9) Fiduciary Trust Company International
                      Two World Trade Center
                      New York, New York 10048
                      (records relating to its functions as custodian)


Item 31.          Management Services
                  -------------------

                  Not applicable.

Item 32.          Undertakings
                  ------------

          (a) Registrant hereby undertakes to call a meeting of its shareholders
for the purpose of voting upon the question of removal of a trustee or trustees
of Registrant when requested in

<PAGE>C-7


writing to do so by the holders of at least 10% of Registrant's outstanding
shares. Registrant undertakes further, in connection with the meeting, to comply
with the provisions of Section 16(c) of the 1940 Act relating to communications
with the shareholders of certain common-law trusts.

          (b) Registrant hereby undertakes to furnish each person to whom a
prospectus is delivered with a copy of Registrant's latest annual report to
shareholders, upon request and without charge.

          (c) Registrant hereby undertakes to file a post-effective amendment,
with financial statements of the Fixed Income Portfolio and the Global Fixed
Income Portfolio which need not be certified with four to six months from the
effective date of Registrant's Registration Statement under the Act.



<PAGE>C-8





                                   SIGNATURES
                                   ----------


          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant has
duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York and the State of
New York, on the 2nd day of January, 1997.


                                         WARBURG, PINCUS TRUST II



                                            By:/s/ Eugene P. Grace
                                                Eugene P. Grace
                                                President

ATTEST:


          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following
persons in the capacities and on the date indicated:

Signature                          Title                        Date
- ---------                          -----                        ----

/s/ Eugene P. Grace             President, Trustee           January 2, 1997
- -------------------------       and Secretary
    Eugene P. Grace

/s/ Howard Conroy               Vice President and           January 2, 1997
- -------------------------       Chief Financial Officer
    Howard Conroy



<PAGE>13




                                INDEX TO EXHIBITS
                                -----------------


Exhibit No.                Description of Exhibit
- -----------                ----------------------

    1    Agreement and Declaration of Trust

    2    By-Laws.



<PAGE>





                            WARBURG, PINCUS TRUST II



                       ----------------------------------

                       AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST

                       ----------------------------------

                            Dated: December 16, 1996









                                Principal Office:

                                Warburg Pincus Counsellors, Inc.
                                466 Lexington Avenue
                                New York, New York  10017-3147

                                Massachusetts Office and Name and Address of
                                Resident Agent:

                                Bryan G. Tyson
                                Sullivan & Worcester LLP
                                One Post Office Square
                                Boston, Massachusetts  02109



<PAGE>i



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                -----------------

                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----

RECITALS...................................................................   1

ARTICLE 1.  THE TRUST .....................................................   2

     SECTION 1.1. Name ....................................................   2
     SECTION 1.2. Location ................................................   2
     SECTION 1.3. Nature of Trust..........................................   2
     SECTION 1.4. Definitions..............................................   3
     SECTION 1.5. Real Property to be Converted into Personal Property.....   6

ARTICLE 2.  PURPOSE OF THE TRUST............................................  6

ARTICLE 3.  POWERS OF THE TRUSTEES..........................................  7

     SECTION 3.1.   Powers in General.......................................  7
                         (a) Investments....................................  8
                         (b) Disposition of Assets..........................  8
                         (c) Ownership Powers...............................  8
                         (d) Form of Holding................................  8
                         (e) Reorganization, etc............................  8
                         (f) Voting Trusts, etc.............................  8
                         (g) Contracts, etc.................................  9
                         (h) Guaranties, etc................................  9
                         (i) Partnerships, etc..............................  9
                         (j) Insurance......................................  9
                         (k) Pensions, etc..................................  9
                         (l) Power of Collection and Litigation............. 10
                         (m) Issuance and Repurchase of Shares.............. 10
                         (n) Offices........................................ 10
                         (o) Expenses....................................... 10
                         (p) Agents, etc.................................... 10
                         (q) Accounts....................................... 11
                         (r) Valuation...................................... 11
                         (s) Indemnification................................ 11
                         (t) General........................................ 11
     SECTION 3.2.   Borrowings; Financings; Issuance of Securities.......... 11
     SECTION 3.3.   Deposits ............................................... 11
     SECTION 3.4.   Allocations............................................. 12
     SECTION 3.5.   Further Powers; Limitations............................. 12

ARTICLE 4.  TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS........................................... 12

     SECTION 4.1.   Number, Designation, Election, Term, etc................ 12
                         (a) Initial Trustee................................ 12
                         (b) Number......................................... 13
                         (c) Election and Term.............................. 13
                         (d) Resignation and Retirement..................... 13


<PAGE>ii


                         (e) Removal........................................ 13
                         (f) Vacancies...................................... 14
                         (g) Acceptance of Trusts........................... 14
                         (h) Effect of Death, Resignation, etc.............. 14
                         (i) Conveyance..................................... 14
                         (j) No Accounting.................................. 15
     SECTION 4.2.   Trustees' Meetings; Participation by Telephone, etc..... 15
     SECTION 4.3.   Committees; Delegation.................................. 15
     SECTION 4.4.   Officers ............................................... 15
     SECTION 4.5.   Compensation of Trustees and Officers................... 16
     SECTION 4.6.   Ownership of Shares and Securities of the Trust......... 16
     SECTION 4.7.   Right of Trustees and Officers to Own Property
                          or to Engage in Business; Authority
                          of Trustees to Permit Others to Do Likewise......  16
     SECTION 4.8.   Reliance on Experts....................................  17
     SECTION 4.9.   Surety Bonds...........................................  17
     SECTION 4.10.  Apparent Authority of Trustees and Officers............  17
     SECTION 4.11.  Other Relationships Not Prohibited.....................  17
     SECTION 4.12.  Payment of Trust Expenses..............................  18
     SECTION 4.13.  Ownership of the Trust Property........................  18

ARTICLE 5.  DELEGATION OF MANAGERIAL RESPONSIBILITIES......................  19

     SECTION 5.1.   Appointment; Action by Less than All Trustees..........  19
     SECTION 5.2.   Certain Contracts......................................  19
                         (a) Advisory......................................  19
                         (b) Administration................................  20
                         (c) Distribution..................................  20
                         (d) Custodian.....................................  20
                         (e) Transfer and Dividend Disbursing Agency.......  20
                         (f) Shareholder Servicing.........................  21
                         (g) Accounting....................................  21

ARTICLE 6.  PORTFOLIOS AND SHARES..........................................  21

     SECTION 6.1.   Description of Portfolios and Shares...................  21
                         (a) Shares: Portfolios; Series of Shares..........  21
                         (b) Establishment, etc. of Portfolios;
                               Authorization of Shares.....................  22
                         (c) Character of Separate Portfolios and Shares
                               Thereof.....................................  23
                         (d) Consideration for Shares......................  23
     SECTION 6.2.    Establishment and Designation of Certain Portfolios;
                        General Provisions for All Portfolios..............  23
                         (a) Assets Belonging to Portfolios................  23
                         (b) Liabilities of Portfolios.....................  24
                         (c) Dividends.....................................  24
                         (d) Liquidation...................................  25
                         (f) Redemption by Shareholder.....................  25
                         (g) Redemption at the Option of the Trust.........  25
                         (h) Net Asset Value...............................  26
                         (i) Transfer......................................  26
                         (j) Equality......................................  26
                         (k) Rights of Fractional Shares...................  26


<PAGE>iii


                         (l) Conversion Rights.............................  27
     SECTION 6.3.   Ownership of Shares....................................  27
     SECTION 6.4.   Investments in the Trust...............................  27
     SECTION 6.5.   No Preemptive Rights...................................  27
     SECTION 6.6.   Status of Shares.......................................  27

ARTICLE 7.  SHAREHOLDERS' VOTING POWERS AND MEETINGS.......................  28

     SECTION 7.1.   Voting Powers..........................................  28
     SECTION 7.2.   Number of Votes and Manner of Voting; Proxies..........  28
     SECTION 7.3.   Meetings ..............................................  29
     SECTION 7.4.   Record Dates...........................................  29
     SECTION 7.5.   Quorum and Required Vote...............................  29
     SECTION 7.6.   Action by Written Consent..............................  30
     SECTION 7.7.   Inspection of Records..................................  30
     SECTION 7.8.   Additional Provisions..................................  30

ARTICLE 8.  LIMITATION OF LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION.........................30

     SECTION 8.1.   Trustees, Shareholders, etc. Not Personally Liable;
                    Notice.................................................  30
     SECTION 8.2.   Trustees' Good Faith Action; Expert Advice;
                    No Bond or Surety......................................  31
     SECTION 8.3.   Indemnification of Shareholders........................  31
     SECTION 8.4.   Indemnification of Trustees, Officers, etc.............  32
     SECTION 8.5.   Compromise Payment.....................................  33
     SECTION 8.6.   Indemnification Not Exclusive, etc.....................  33
     SECTION 8.7.   Liability of Third Persons Dealing with Trustees.......  33

ARTICLE 9.  DURATION; REORGANIZATION; AMENDMENTS...........................  33

     SECTION 9.1.   Duration and Termination of Trust......................  33
     SECTION 9.2.   Reorganization.........................................  34
     SECTION 9.3.   Amendments; etc........................................  34
     SECTION 9.4.   Filing of Copies of Declaration and Amendments.........  35

ARTICLE 10.  MISCELLANEOUS.................................................  35

     SECTION 10.1.  Governing Law..........................................  35
     SECTION 10.2.  Counterparts...........................................  35
     SECTION 10.3.  Reliance by Third Parties..............................  36
     SECTION 10.4.  References; Headings...................................  36
     SECTION 10.5.  Use of the Name "Warburg, Pincus.......................  36

SIGNATURES.................................................................

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS............................................................


<PAGE>1







                       AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST

                                       OF

                            WARBURG, PINCUS TRUST II
                            ------------------------


          This AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST, made at Boston, Massachusetts
this 16th day of December, 1996 by and between the Settlor and the Trustee whose
signature is set forth below (the "Initial Trustee"),

                          W I T N E S S E T H  T H A T:

          WHEREAS, Raymond P. Czwakiel, an individual residing in Milton,
Massachusetts (the "Settlor"), proposes to deliver to the Initial Trustee the
sum of one hundred dollars ($100.00) lawful money of the United States of
America in trust hereunder and to authorize the Initial Trustee and all other
Persons acting as Trustees hereunder to employ such funds, and any other funds
coming into their hands or the hands of their successor or successors as such
Trustees, to carry on the business of an investment company, and as such of
buying, selling, investing in or otherwise dealing in and with stocks, bonds,
debentures, warrants, options, futures contracts and other securities and
interests therein, or calls or puts with respect to any of the same, or such
other and further investment media and other property as the Trustees may deem
advisable, which are not prohibited by law or the terms of this Declaration; and

          WHEREAS, the Initial Trustee is willing to accept such sum, together
with any and all additions thereto and the income or increments thereof, upon
the terms, conditions and trusts hereinafter set forth; and

          WHEREAS, it is proposed that the assets held by the Trustees be
divided into separate portfolios, each with its own separate investment assets,
investment objectives, policies and purposes, and that the beneficial interest
in each such portfolio shall be divided into transferable Shares of Beneficial
Interest, a separate Series of Shares for each portfolio, all in accordance with
the provisions hereinafter set forth; and

          WHEREAS, it is desired that the trust established hereby (the "Trust")
be managed and operated as a trust with transferable shares under the laws of
Massachusetts, of the type commonly known as and referred to as a Massachusetts
business trust, in accordance with the provisions hereinafter set forth;

          NOW, THEREFORE the Initial Trustee, for himself and his successors as
Trustees, hereby declares, and agrees with the Settlor, for himself and for all
Persons who shall hereafter become holders of Shares of Beneficial Interest of
the Trust, of any Series, that the Trustees will hold the sum delivered to them
upon the execution hereof, and all other and further cash, securities and other
property of every type and description which they may in



<PAGE>2


any way acquire in their capacity as such Trustees, together with the income
therefrom and the proceeds thereof, IN TRUST NEVERTHELESS, to manage and dispose
of the same for the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Shares of
Beneficial Interest of the several Series being issued and to be issued
hereunder and in the manner and subject to the provisions hereof, to wit:


                                   ARTICLE 1.
                                   ----------

                                   THE TRUST
                                   ---------

          SECTION 1.1. Name. The name of the Trust shall be

                           "WARBURG, PINCUS TRUST II",

and so far as may be practicable the Trustees shall conduct the Trust's
activities, execute all documents and sue or be sued under that name, which name
(and the word "Trust" wherever used in this Agreement and Declaration of Trust,
except where the context otherwise requires) shall refer to the Trustees in
their capacity as Trustees, and not individually or personally, and shall not
refer to the officers, agents or employees of the Trust or of such Trustees, or
to the holders of the Shares of Beneficial Interest of the Trust, of any Series.
If the Trustees determine that the use of such name is not practicable, legal or
convenient at any time or in any jurisdiction, or if the Trust is required to
discontinue the use of such name pursuant to Section 10.5 hereof, then subject
to that Section, the Trustees may use such other designation, or they may adopt
such other name for the Trust as they deem proper, and the Trust may hold
property and conduct its activities under such designation or name.

          SECTION 1.2. Location. The Trust shall have an office in Boston,
Massachusetts, unless changed by the Trustees to another location in
Massachusetts or elsewhere, but such office need not be the sole or principal
office of the Trust. The Trust may have such other offices or places of business
as the Trustees may from time to time determine to be necessary or expedient.

          SECTION 1.3. Nature of Trust. The Trust shall be a trust with
transferable shares under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, of the
type referred to in Section 1 of Chapter 182 of the Massachusetts General Laws
and commonly termed a Massachusetts business trust. The Trust is not intended to
be, shall not be deemed to be, and shall not be treated as, a general
partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, joint venture,
corporation, limited liability company or joint stock company. The Shareholders
shall be beneficiaries and their relationship to the Trustees shall be solely in
that capacity in accordance with the rights conferred upon them hereunder.

          SECTION 1.4. Definitions. As used in this Agreement and Declaration of
Trust, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below unless the
context thereof otherwise requires:



<PAGE>3


                    "Accounting Agent" shall have the meaning designated in
          Section 5.2(g) hereof.

                    "Administrator" shall have the meaning designated in Section
          5.2(b) hereof.

                    "Affiliated Person" shall have the meaning assigned to such
          term in the 1940 Act.

          "Bylaws" shall mean the Bylaws of the Trust, as amended from time to
time.

          "Certificate of Designation" shall have the meaning designated in
Section 6.1(b) hereof.

          "Certificate of Termination" shall have the meaning designated in
Section 6.1(b) hereof.

          "Commission" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the 1940
Act.

          "Contracting Party" shall have the meaning designated in the preamble
to Section 5.2.

          "Covered Person" shall have the meaning designated in Section 8.4
hereof.

          "Custodian" shall have the meaning designated in Section 5.2(d)
hereof.

          "Declaration" and "Declaration of Trust" shall mean this Agreement and
Declaration of Trust and all amendments or modifications thereof as from time to
time in effect. References in this Agreement and Declaration of Trust to
"hereof", "herein" and "hereunder" shall be deemed to refer to the Declaration
of Trust generally, and shall not be limited to the particular text, Article or
Section in which such words appear.

          "Disabling Conduct" shall have the meaning designated in Section 8.4
hereof.

          "Distributor" shall have the meaning designated in Section 5.2(c)
hereof.

          "Dividend Disbursing Agent" shall have the meaning designated in
Section 5.2(e) hereof.

          "General Items" shall have the meaning designated in Section 6.2(a)
hereof.

          "Initial Trustee" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the
preamble hereto.

          "Investment Adviser" shall have the meaning designated in Section
5.2(a) hereof.

          "Majority of the Trustees" shall mean a majority of the Trustees in
office at the time in question. At any time at which there shall be only one (1)
Trustee in office, such term shall such Trustee.

          "Majority Shareholder Vote," as used with respect to the election of
any Trustee at a meeting of Shareholders, shall mean the vote for the election
of such Trustee of a plurality of all outstanding Shares of the Trust, without
regard to Series, represented in person or by


<PAGE>4


proxy and entitled to vote thereon, provided that a quorum (as determined in
accordance with Section 7.5 hereof) is present, and as used with respect to any
other action required or permitted to be taken by Shareholders, shall mean the
vote for such action of the holders of that number of all outstanding Shares
(or, where a separate vote of Shares of any particular Series is to be taken,
the affirmative vote of that number of the outstanding Shares of that Series) of
the Trust which consists of: (i) a majority of all Shares (or of Shares of the
particular Series) represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote on
such action at the meeting of Shareholders at which such action is to be taken,
provided that a quorum (as determined in accordance with the Bylaws) is present;
or (ii) if such action is to be taken by written consent of Shareholders, a
majority of all Shares (or of Shares of the particular Series) issued and
outstanding and entitled to vote on such action; provided, that (iii) as used
with respect to any action requiring the affirmative vote of "a majority of the
outstanding voting securities", as the quoted phrase is defined in the 1940 Act,
of the Trust or of any Portfolio, "Majority Shareholder Vote" means the vote for
such action at a meeting of Shareholders of the smallest majority of all
outstanding Shares of the Trust (or of Shares of the particular Portfolio)
entitled to vote on such action which satisfies such 1940 Act voting
requirement.

          "1940 Act" shall mean the provisions of the Investment Company Act of
1940 and the rules and regulations thereunder, both as amended from time to
time, and any order or orders thereunder which may from time to time be
applicable to the Trust.

          "Person" shall mean and include individuals, as well as corporations,
limited liability companies, limited partnerships, limited liability
partnerships, general partnerships, joint stock companies, joint ventures,
associations, banks, trust companies, land trusts, business trusts or other
organizations established under the laws of any jurisdiction, whether or not
considered to be legal entities, and governments and agencies and political
subdivisions thereof.

          "Portfolio" or "Portfolios" shall mean one or more of the separate
components of the assets of the Trust which are now or hereafter established and
designated under or in accordance with the provisions of Article 6 hereof.

          "Portfolio Assets" shall have the meaning designated in Section 6.2(a)
hereof.

          "Principal Underwriter" shall have the meaning designated in Section
5.2(c) hereof.

          "Prospectus," as used with respect to any Portfolio or Series of
Shares, shall mean the prospectus relating to such Portfolio or Series which
constitutes part of the currently effective Registration Statement of the Trust
under the Securities Act of 1933, as such prospectus may be amended or
supplemented from time to time.

          "Securities" shall mean any and all bills, notes, bonds, debentures or
other obligations or evidences of indebtedness, certificates of deposit,
bankers' acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements or other money
market instruments; stocks, shares or other equity ownership interests; and
warrants, options or other instruments representing rights to subscribe for,
purchase, receive or otherwise acquire or to sell, transfer, assign or otherwise
dispose of, and scrip, certificates, receipts or other instruments evidencing
any ownership

<PAGE>5


rights or interests in, any of the foregoing and "when issued" and "delayed
delivery" contracts for securities, issued, guaranteed or sponsored by any
governments, political subdivisions or governmental authorities, agencies or
instrumentalities, by any individuals, firms, companies, corporations,
syndicates, associations or trusts, or by any other organizations or entities
whatsoever, irrespective of their forms or the names by which they may be
described, whether or not they be organized and operated for profit, and whether
they be domestic or foreign with respect to The Commonwealth of Massachusetts or
the United States of America.

          "Securities of the Trust" shall mean any Securities issued by the
Trust.

          "Series" shall mean one or more of the series of Shares authorized by
the Trustees to represent the beneficial interest in one or more of the
Portfolios.

          "Settlor" shall have the meaning stated in the first "Whereas" clause
set forth above.

          "Shareholder" shall mean as of any particular time any Person shown of
record at such time on the books of the Trust as a holder of outstanding Shares
of any Series, and shall include a pledgee into whose name any such Shares are
transferred in pledge.

          "Shareholder Servicing Agent" shall have the meaning designated in
Section 5.2(f) hereof.

          "Shares" shall mean the transferable units into which the beneficial
interest in the Trust and each Portfolio of the Trust (as the context may
require) shall be divided from time to time, and includes fractions of Shares as
well as whole Shares. All references herein to "Shares" which are not
accompanied by a reference to any particular Series or Portfolio shall be deemed
to apply to outstanding Shares without regard to Series.

          "Single Class Voting," as used with respect to any matter to be acted
upon at a meeting or by written consent of Shareholders, shall mean a style of
voting in which each holder of one or more Shares shall be entitled to one vote
on the matter in question for each Share standing in his name on the records of
the Trust, irrespective of Series, and all outstanding Shares of all Series vote
as a single class.

          "Statement of Additional Information," as used with respect to any
Portfolio or Series of Shares, shall mean the statement of additional
information relating to such Portfolio or Series, which constitutes part of the
currently effective Registration Statement of the Trust under the Securities Act
of 1933, as such statement of additional information may be amended or
supplemented from time to time.

          "Transfer Agent" shall have the meaning defined in Section 5.2(e)
hereof.

          "Trust" shall have the meaning designated in the fourth "Whereas"
clause set forth above.

          "Trust Property" shall mean, as of any particular time, any and all
property which shall have been transferred, conveyed or paid to the Trust or the
Trustees, and all interest,



<PAGE>6


dividends, income, earnings, profits and gains therefrom, and proceeds thereof,
including any proceeds derived from the sale, exchange or liquidation thereof,
and any funds or payments derived from any reinvestment of such proceeds in
whatever form the same may be, and which at such time is owned or held by, or
for the account of, the Trust or the Trustees, without regard to the Portfolio
to which such property is allocated.

          "Trustees" shall mean, collectively, the Initial Trustee, so long as
he shall continue in office, and all other individuals who at the time in
question have been duly elected or appointed as Trustees of the Trust in
accordance with the provisions hereof and who have qualified and are then in
office. At any time at which there shall be only one (1) Trustee in office, such
term shall mean such single Trustee.

          SECTION 1.5. Real Property to be Converted into Personal Property.
Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, any real property at any time
forming part of the Trust Property shall be held in trust for sale and
conversion into personal property at such time or times and in such manner and
upon such terms as the Trustees shall approve, but the Trustees shall have power
until the termination of this Trust to postpone such conversion as long as they
in their uncontrolled discretion shall think fit, and for the purpose of
determining the nature of the interest of the Shareholders therein, all such
real property shall at all times be considered as personal property.


                                   ARTICLE 2.
                                   ----------

                              PURPOSE OF THE TRUST
                              --------------------


          The purpose of the Trust shall be to engage in the business of being
an investment company, and as such of subscribing for, purchasing or otherwise
acquiring, holding for investment or trading in, borrowing, lending and selling
short, selling, assigning, negotiating or exchanging and otherwise disposing of,
and turning to account, realizing upon and generally dealing in and with, in any
manner, (a) Securities of all kinds, (b) precious metals and other minerals,
contracts to purchase and sell, and other interests of every nature and kind in,
such metals or minerals, and (c) rare coins and other numismatic items, and all
as the Trustees in their discretion shall determine to be necessary, desirable
or appropriate, and to exercise and perform any and every act, thing or power
necessary, suitable or desirable for the accomplishment of such purpose, the
attainment of any of the objectives or the furtherance of any of the powers
given hereby which are lawful purposes, objects or powers of a trust with
transferable shares of the type commonly termed a Massachusetts business trust;
and to do every other act or acts or thing or things incidental or appurtenant
to or growing out of or in connection with the aforesaid objectives, purposes or
powers, or any of them, which a trust of the type commonly termed a
Massachusetts business trust is not now or hereafter prohibited from doing,
exercising or performing.



<PAGE>7


                                   ARTICLE 3.
                                   ----------

                             POWERS OF THE TRUSTEES
                             ----------------------

          SECTION 3.1. Powers in General. The Trustees shall have, without other
or further authorization, full, entire, exclusive and absolute power, control
and authority over, and management of, the business of the Trust and over the
Trust Property, to the same extent as if the Trustees were the sole owners of
the business and property of the Trust in their own right, and with such powers
of delegation as may be permitted by this Declaration, subject only to such
limitations as may be expressly imposed by this Declaration of Trust or by
applicable law. The enumeration of any specific power or authority herein shall
not be construed as limiting the aforesaid power or authority or any specific
power or authority. Without limiting the foregoing, the Trustees may adopt
Bylaws not inconsistent with this Declaration of Trust providing for the conduct
of the business and affairs of the Trust and may amend and repeal them to the
extent that such Bylaws do not reserve that right to the Shareholders; they may
select, and from time to time change, the fiscal year of the Trust; they may
adopt and use a seal for the Trust, provided, that unless otherwise required by
the Trustees, it shall not be necessary to place the seal upon, and its absence
shall not impair the validity of, any document, instrument or other paper
executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Trust; they may from time to time
in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.1 hereof establish one or more
Portfolios to which they may allocate such of the Trust Property, subject to
such liabilities, as they shall deem appropriate, each such Portfolio to be
operated by the Trustees as a separate and distinct investment medium and with
separately defined investment objectives and policies and distinct investment
purposes, all as established by the Trustees, or from time to time changed by
them; they may as they consider appropriate elect and remove officers and
appoint and terminate agents and consultants and hire and terminate employees,
any one or more of the foregoing of whom may be a Trustee; they may appoint from
their own number, and terminate, any one or more committees consisting of one or
more Trustees, including without implied limitation an Executive Committee,
which may, when the Trustees are not in session and subject to the 1940 Act,
exercise some or all of the power and authority of the Trustees as the Trustees
may determine; in accordance with Section 5.2 they may employ one or more
Investment Advisers, Administrators and Custodians and may authorize any
Custodian to employ subcustodians or agents and to deposit all or any part of
such assets in a system or systems for the central handling of Securities,
retain Transfer, Dividend Disbursing, Accounting or Shareholder Servicing Agents
or any of the foregoing, provide for the distribution of Shares by the Trust
through one or more Distributors, Principal Underwriters or otherwise, set
record dates or times for the determination of Shareholders entitled to
participate in, benefit from or act with respect to various matters; and in
general they may delegate to any officer of the Trust, to any committee of the
Trustees and to any employee, Investment Adviser, Administrator, Distributor,
Custodian, Transfer Agent, Dividend Disbursing Agent, or any other agent or
consultant of the Trust, such authority, powers, functions and duties as they
consider desirable or appropriate for the conduct of the business and affairs of
the Trust, including without implied limitation the power and authority to act
in the name of the Trust and of the Trustees, to sign documents and to act as
attorney-in-fact for

<PAGE>8


the Trustees. Without limiting the foregoing and to the extent not inconsistent
with the 1940 Act or other applicable law, the Trustees shall have power and
authority:

                    (a) Investments. To invest and reinvest cash and other
          property; to buy, for cash or on margin, and otherwise acquire and
          hold, Securities created or issued by any Persons, including
          Securities maturing after the possible termination of the Trust; to
          make payment therefor in any lawful manner in exchange for any of the
          Trust Property; and to hold cash or other property uninvested without
          in any event being bound or limited by any present or future law or
          custom in regard to investments by trustees;

                    (b) Disposition of Assets. To lend, sell, exchange,
          mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, grant security interests in, encumber,
          negotiate, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of, and to trade in,
          any and all of the Trust Property, free and clear of all trusts, for
          cash or on terms, with or without advertisement, and on such terms as
          to payment, security or otherwise, all as they shall deem necessary or
          expedient;

                    (c) Ownership Powers. To vote or give assent, or exercise
          any and all other rights, powers and privileges of ownership with
          respect to, and to perform any and all duties and obligations as
          owners of, any Securities or other property forming part of the Trust
          Property, the same as any individual might do; to exercise powers and
          rights of subscription or otherwise which in any manner arise out of
          ownership of Securities, and to receive powers of attorney from, and
          to execute and deliver proxies or powers of attorney to, such Person
          or Persons as the Trustees shall deem proper, receiving from or
          granting to such Person or Persons such power and discretion with
          relation to Securities or other property of the Trust, all as the
          Trustees shall deem proper;

                    (d) Form of Holding. To hold any Security or other property
          in a form not indicating any trust, whether in bearer, unregistered or
          other negotiable form, or in the name of the Trustees or of the Trust,
          or of the Portfolio to which such Securities or property belong, or in
          the name of a Custodian, subcustodian or other nominee or nominees, or
          otherwise, upon such terms, in such manner or with such powers, as the
          Trustees may determine, and with or without indicating any trust or
          the interest of the Trustees therein;

                    (e) Reorganization, etc. To consent to or participate in any
          plan for the reorganization, consolidation or merger of any
          corporation or issuer, any Security of which is or was held in the
          Trust or any Portfolio; to consent to any contract, lease, mortgage,
          purchase or sale of property by such corporation or issuer, and to pay
          calls or subscriptions with respect to any Security forming part of
          the Trust Property;

                    (f) Voting Trusts, etc. To join with other holders of any
          Securities in acting through a committee, depository, voting trustee
          or otherwise, and in that connection to deposit any Security with, or
          transfer any Security to, any such committee, depository or trustee,
          and to delegate to them such power and authority

<PAGE>9



          with relation to any Security (whether or not so deposited or
          transferred) as the Trustees shall deem proper, and to agree to pay,
          and to pay, such portion of the expenses and compensation of such
          committee, depository or trustee as the Trustees shall deem proper;

                    (g) Contracts, etc. To enter into, make and perform all such
          obligations, contracts, agreements and undertakings of every kind and
          description, with any Person or Persons, as the Trustees shall in
          their discretion deem expedient in the conduct of the business of the
          Trust, for such terms as they shall see fit, whether or not extending
          beyond the term of office of the Trustees, or beyond the possible
          expiration of the Trust; to amend, extend, release or cancel any such
          obligations, contracts, agreements or understandings; and to execute,
          acknowledge, deliver and record all written instruments which they may
          deem necessary or expedient in the exercise of their powers;

                    (h) Guaranties, etc. To endorse or guarantee the payment of
          any notes or other obligations of any Person; to make contracts of
          guaranty or suretyship, or otherwise assume liability for payment
          thereof; and to mortgage and pledge the Trust Property or any part
          thereof to secure any of or all such obligations;

                    (i) Partnerships, etc. To enter into joint ventures, general
          or limited partnerships and any other combinations or associations;

                    (j) Insurance. To purchase and pay for entirely out of Trust
          Property such insurance as they may deem necessary or appropriate for
          the conduct of the business, including, without limitation, insurance
          policies insuring the assets of the Trust and payment of distributions
          and principal on its portfolio investments, and insurance policies
          insuring the Shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees, agents,
          consultants, Investment Advisers, managers, Administrators,
          Distributors, Principal Underwriters, or other independent
          contractors, or any thereof (or any Person connected therewith), of
          the Trust, individually, against all claims and liabilities of every
          nature arising by reason of holding, being or having held any such
          office or position, or by reason of any action alleged to have been
          taken or omitted by any such Person in any such capacity, including
          any action taken or omitted that may be determined to constitute
          negligence, whether or not the Trust would have the power to indemnify
          such Person against such liability;

                    (k) Pensions, etc. To pay pensions for faithful service, as
          deemed appropriate by the Trustees, and to adopt, establish and carry
          out pension, profit-sharing, share bonus, share purchase, savings,
          thrift and other retirement, incentive and benefit plans, trusts and
          provisions, including the purchasing of life insurance and annuity
          contracts as a means of providing such retirement and other benefits,
          for any or all of the Trustees, officers, employees and agents of the
          Trust;

                    (l) Power of Collection and Litigation. To collect, sue for
          and receive all sums of money coming due to the Trust, to employ
          counsel, and to commence, engage



<PAGE>10



          in, prosecute, intervene in, join, defend, compound, compromise,
          adjust or abandon, in the name of the Trust, any and all actions,
          suits, proceedings, disputes, claims, controversies, demands or other
          litigation or legal proceedings relating to the Trust, the business of
          the Trust, the Trust Property, or the Trustees, officers, employees,
          agents and other independent contractors of the Trust, in their
          capacity as such, at law or in equity, or before any other bodies or
          tribunals, and to compromise, arbitrate or otherwise adjust any
          dispute to which the Trust may be a party, whether or not any suit is
          commenced or any claim shall have been made or asserted;

                    (m) Issuance and Repurchase of Shares. To issue, sell,
          repurchase, redeem, retire, cancel, acquire, hold, resell, reissue,
          dispose of, transfer, and otherwise deal in Shares of any Series, and,
          subject to Article 6 hereof, to apply to any such repurchase,
          redemption, retirement, cancellation or acquisition of Shares of any
          Series, any of the Portfolio Assets belonging to the Portfolio to
          which such Series relates, whether constituting capital or surplus or
          otherwise, to the full extent now or hereafter permitted by applicable
          law; provided, that any Shares belonging to the Trust shall not be
          voted, directly or indirectly;

                    (n) Offices. To have one or more offices, and to carry on
          all or any of the operations and business of the Trust, in any of the
          States, Districts or Territories of the United States, and in any and
          all foreign countries, subject to the laws of such State, District,
          Territory or country;

                    (o) Expenses. To incur and pay any and all such expenses and
          charges as they may deem advisable (including without limitation
          appropriate fees to themselves as Trustees), and to pay all such sums
          of money for which they may be held liable by way of damages, penalty,
          fine or otherwise;

                    (p) Agents, etc. To retain and employ any and all such
          servants, agents, employees, attorneys, brokers, investment advisers,
          accountants, architects, engineers, builders, escrow agents,
          depositories, consultants, ancillary trustees, custodians, agents for
          collection, insurers, banks and officers, as they think best for the
          business of the Trust or any Portfolio, to supervise and direct the
          acts of any of the same, and to fix and pay their compensation and
          define their duties;

                    (q) Accounts. To determine, and from time to time change,
          the method or form in which the accounts of the Trust shall be kept;

                    (r) Valuation. Subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act,
          to determine from time to time the value of all or any part of the
          Trust Property and of any services, Securities, property or other
          consideration to be furnished to or acquired by the Trust, and from
          time to time to revalue all or any part of the Trust Property in
          accordance with such appraisals or other information as is, in the
          Trustees' sole judgment, necessary and satisfactory;




<PAGE>11


                    (s) Indemnification. In addition to the mandatory
          indemnification provided for in Article 8 hereof and to the extent
          permitted by law, to indemnify or enter into agreements with respect
          to indemnification with any Person with whom this Trust has dealings
          including, without limitation, any independent contractor, to such
          extent as the Trustees determine; and

                    (t) General. To do all such other acts and things and to
          conduct, operate, carry on and engage in such other lawful businesses
          or business activities as they shall in their sole and absolute
          discretion consider to be incidental to the business of the Trust or
          any Portfolio as an investment company, and to exercise all powers
          which they shall in their discretion consider necessary, useful or
          appropriate to carry on the business of the Trust or any Portfolio, to
          promote any of the purposes for which the Trust is formed, whether or
          not such things are specifically mentioned herein, in order to protect
          or promote the interests of the Trust or any Portfolio, or otherwise
          to carry out the provisions of this Declaration.

          SECTION 3.2. Borrowings; Financings; Issuance of Securities. The
Trustees shall have the power to borrow or in any other manner raise such sum or
sums of money, and to incur such other indebtedness for goods or services, or
for or in connection with the purchase or other acquisition of property, as they
shall deem advisable for the purposes of the Trust, in any manner and on any
terms, and to evidence the same by negotiable or non-negotiable Securities which
may mature at any time or times, even beyond the possible date of termination of
the Trust; to issue securities of any type for such cash, property, services or
other considerations, and at such time or times and upon such terms, as they may
deem advisable; and to reacquire any such Securities. Any such Securities of the
Trust may, at the discretion of the Trustees, be made convertible into Shares of
any Series, or may evidence the right to purchase, subscribe for or otherwise
acquire Shares of any Series, at such times and on such terms as the Trustees
may prescribe.

          SECTION 3.3. Deposits. Subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act,
the Trustees shall have power to deposit any moneys or Securities included in
the Trust Property with any one or more banks, trust companies or other banking
institutions, whether or not such deposits will draw interest. Such deposits are
to be subject to withdrawal in such manner as the Trustees may determine, and
the Trustees shall have no responsibility for any loss which may occur by reason
of the failure of the bank, trust company or other banking institution with
which any such moneys or Securities have been deposited, other than liability
based on their gross negligence or willful default.

          SECTION 3.4. Allocations. The Trustees shall have power to determine
whether moneys or other assets received by the Trust shall be charged or
credited to income or capital, or allocated between income and capital,
including the power to amortize or fail to amortize any part or all of any
premium or discount, to treat any part or all of the profit resulting from the
maturity or sale of any asset, whether purchased at a premium or at a discount,
as income or capital, or to apportion the same between income and capital, to
apportion the sale price of any asset between income and capital, and to
determine in what manner any expenses or disbursements are to be borne as
between income and capital, whether or not in the absence of



<PAGE>12


the power and authority conferred by this Section 3.4 such assets would be
regarded as income or as capital or such expense or disbursement would be
charged to income or to capital; to treat any dividend or other distribution on
any investment as income or capital, or to apportion the same between income and
capital; to provide or fail to provide reserves, including reserves for
depreciation, amortization or obsolescence in respect of any Trust Property in
such amounts and by such methods as they shall determine; to allocate less than
all of the consideration paid for Shares of any Series to the shares of
beneficial interest account of the Portfolio to which such Shares relate and to
allocate the balance thereof to paid-in capital of that Portfolio, and to
reallocate such amounts from time to time; all as the Trustees may reasonably
deem proper.

          SECTION 3.5. Further Powers; Limitations. The Trustees shall have
power to do all such other matters and things, and to execute all such
instruments, as they deem necessary, proper or desirable in order to carry out,
promote or advance the interests of the Trust, although such matters or things
are not herein specifically mentioned. Any determination as to what is in the
interests of the Trust made by the Trustees in good faith shall be conclusive.
In construing the provisions of this Declaration of Trust, the presumption shall
be in favor of a grant of power to the Trustees. The Trustees shall not be
required to obtain any court order to deal with the Trust Property. The Trustees
may limit their right to exercise any of their powers through express
restrictive provisions in the instruments evidencing or providing the terms for
any Securities of the Trust or in other contractual instruments adopted on
behalf of the Trust.


                                   ARTICLE 4.
                                   ----------

                              TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS
                              ---------------------


          SECTION 4.1. Number, Designation, Election, Term, etc.

                    (a) Initial Trustee. Upon his execution of this Declaration
          of Trust or a counterpart hereof or some other writing in which he
          accepts such Trusteeship and agrees to the provisions hereof, the
          individual whose signature is affixed hereto as Initial Trustee shall
          become the Initial Trustee hereof.


                    (b) Number. The Trustees serving as such, whether named
          below or hereafter becoming Trustees, may, by a written instrument
          signed by a Majority of the Trustees (or by an officer of the Trust
          pursuant to the vote of a Majority of the Trustees), increase or
          decrease the number of Trustees to a number other than the number
          theretofore determined. No decrease in the number of Trustees shall
          have the effect of removing any Trustee from office prior to the
          expiration of his term, but the number of Trustees may be decreased in
          conjunction with the removal of a Trustee pursuant to subsection (e)
          of this Section 4.1.

                    (c) Election and Term. The Trustees shall be elected by the
          Shareholders of the Trust at the first meeting of Shareholders
          immediately prior to the initial public offering of Shares of the
          Trust, and the term of office of any Trustees in office before



<PAGE>13


          such election shall terminate at the time of such election. Subject to
          Section 16(a) of the 1940 Act and to the preceding sentence of this
          subsection (c), the Trustees shall have the power to set and alter the
          terms of office of the Trustees, and at any time to lengthen or
          shorten their own terms or make their terms of unlimited duration, to
          elect their own successors and, pursuant to subsection (f) of this
          Section 4.1, to appoint Trustees to fill vacancies; provided, that
          Trustees shall be elected by a Majority Shareholder Vote at any such
          time or times as the Trustees shall determine that such action is
          required under Section 16(a) of the 1940 Act or, if not so required,
          that such action is advisable; and further provided, that, after the
          initial election of Trustees by the Shareholders, the term of office
          of any incumbent Trustee shall continue until the termination of this
          Trust or his earlier death, resignation, retirement, bankruptcy,
          adjudicated incompetency or other incapacity or removal, or if not so
          terminated, until the election of such Trustee's successor in office
          has become effective in accordance with this subsection (c).

                    (d) Resignation and Retirement. Any Trustee may resign his
          trust or retire as a Trustee, by a written instrument signed by him
          and delivered to the other Trustees or to any officer of the Trust,
          and such resignation or retirement shall take effect upon such
          delivery or upon such later date as is specified in such instrument.

                    (e) Removal. Any Trustee may be removed with or without
          cause at any time: (i) by written instrument, signed by at least
          two-thirds (2/3) of the number of Trustees prior to such removal,
          specifying the date upon which such removal shall become effective; or
          (ii) by vote of Shareholders holding not less than two-thirds (2/3) of
          the Shares of each Series then outstanding, cast in person or by proxy
          at any meeting called for the purpose; or (iii) by a written
          declaration signed by Shareholders holding not less than two-thirds
          (2/3) of the Shares of each Series then outstanding and filed with the
          Trust's Custodian.

                    (f) Vacancies. Any vacancy or anticipated vacancy resulting
          from any reason, including an increase in the number of Trustees, may
          (but need not unless required by the 1940 Act) be filled by a Majority
          of the Trustees, subject to the provisions of Section 16(a) of the
          1940 Act, through the appointment in writing of such other individual
          as such remaining Trustees in their discretion shall determine;
          provided, that if there shall be no Trustees in office, such vacancy
          or vacancies shall be filled by vote of the Shareholders. Any such
          appointment or election shall be effective upon such individual's
          written acceptance of his appointment as a Trustee and his agreement
          to be bound by the provisions of this Declaration of Trust, except
          that any such appointment in anticipation of a vacancy to occur by
          reason of retirement, resignation or increase in the number of
          Trustees to be effective at a later date shall become effective only
          at or after the effective date of said retirement, resignation or
          increase in the number of Trustees.

                    (g) Acceptance of Trusts. Any individual appointed as a
          Trustee under subsection (f), and any individual elected as a Trustee
          under subsection (c) of this Section 4.1 who was not, immediately
          prior to such election, acting as a Trustee, shall


<PAGE>14

          accept such appointment or election in writing and agree in such
          writing to be bound by the provisions hereof, and whenever such
          individual shall have executed such writing and any conditions to such
          appointment or election shall have been satisfied, such individual
          shall become a Trustee and the Trust Property shall vest in the new
          Trustee, together with the continuing Trustees, without any further
          act or conveyance.

                    (h) Effect of Death, Resignation, etc. No vacancy, whether
          resulting from the death, resignation, retirement, removal or
          incapacity of any Trustee, an increase in the number of Trustees or
          otherwise, shall operate to annul or terminate the Trust hereunder or
          to revoke or terminate any existing agency or contract created or
          entered into pursuant to the terms of this Declaration of Trust. Until
          such vacancy is filled as provided in this Section 4.1, the Trustees
          in office (if any), regardless of their number, shall have all the
          powers granted to the Trustees and shall discharge all the duties
          imposed upon the Trustees by this Declaration. A written instrument
          certifying the existence of such vacancy signed by a Majority of the
          Trustees shall be conclusive evidence of the existence of such
          vacancy.

                    (i) Conveyance. In the event of the resignation or removal
          of a Trustee or his otherwise ceasing to be a Trustee, such former
          Trustee or his legal representative shall, upon request of the
          continuing Trustees, execute and deliver such documents as may be
          required for the purpose of consummating or evidencing the conveyance
          to the Trust or the remaining Trustees of any Trust Property held in
          such former Trustee's name, but the execution and delivery of such
          documents shall not be requisite to the vesting of title to the Trust
          Property in the remaining Trustees, as provided in subsection (g) of
          this Section 4.1 and in Section 4.13 hereof

                    (j) No Accounting. Except to the extent required by the 1940
          Act or under circumstances which would justify his removal for cause,
          no Person ceasing to be a Trustee (nor the estate of any such Person)
          shall be required to make an accounting to the Shareholders or
          remaining Trustees upon such cessation.

          SECTION 4.2. Trustees' Meetings; Participation by Telephone, etc. An
annual meeting of Trustees shall be held not later than the last day of the
fourth month after the end of each fiscal year of the Trust and special meetings
may be held from time to time, in each case, upon the call of such officers as
may be thereunto authorized by the Bylaws or vote of the Trustees, or by any two
(2) Trustees, or pursuant to a vote of the Trustees adopted at a duly
constituted meeting of the Trustees, and upon such notice as shall be provided
in the Bylaws. The Trustees may act with or without a meeting, and a written
consent to any matter, signed by a Majority of the Trustees, shall be equivalent
to action duly taken at a meeting of the Trustees, duly called and held. Except
as otherwise provided by the 1940 Act or other applicable law, or by this
Declaration of Trust or the Bylaws, any action to be taken by the Trustees may
be taken by a majority of the Trustees present at a meeting of Trustees (a
quorum, consisting of at least a Majority of the Trustees, being present),
within or without Massachusetts. If authorized by the Bylaws, all or any one or
more Trustees may participate in a meeting of the Trustees or any Committee
thereof by means of conference telephone or similar means of communication by
means of which all Persons participating in the meeting



<PAGE>15


can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to such means of
communication shall constitute presence in person at such meeting. The minutes
of any meeting thus held shall be prepared in the same manner as a meeting at
which all participants were present in person.

          SECTION 4.3. Committees; Delegation. The Trustees shall have power,
consistent with their ultimate responsibility to supervise the affairs of the
Trust, to delegate from time to time to an Executive Committee, and to one or
more other Committees, or to any single Trustee, the doing of such things and
the execution of such deeds or other instruments, either in the name of the
Trust or the names of the Trustees or as their attorney or attorneys in fact, or
otherwise as the Trustees may from time to time deem expedient; and any
agreement, deed, mortgage, lease or other instrument or writing executed by the
Trustee or Trustees or other Person to whom such delegation was made shall be
valid and binding upon the Trustees and upon the Trust.

          SECTION 4.4. Officers. The Trustees shall elect such officers or
agents, who shall have such powers, duties and responsibilities as the Trustees
may deem to be advisable, and as they shall specify by resolution or in the
Bylaws. Except as may be provided in the Bylaws, any officer elected by the
Trustees may be removed at any time with or without cause. Any two (2) or more
offices may be held by the same individual.

          SECTION 4.5. Compensation of Trustees and Officers. The Trustees shall
fix the compensation of all officers and Trustees. Without limiting the
generality of any of the provisions hereof, the Trustees shall be entitled to
receive reasonable compensation for their general services as such, and to fix
the amount of such compensation, and to pay themselves or any one or more of
themselves such compensation for special services, including legal, accounting,
or other professional services, as they in good faith may deem reasonable. No
Trustee or officer resigning and (except where a right to receive compensation
for a definite future period shall be expressly provided in a written agreement
with the Trust, duly approved by the Trustees) no Trustee or officer removed
shall have any right to any compensation as such Trustee or officer for any
period following his resignation or removal, or any right to damages on account
of his removal, whether his compensation be by the month, by the year or
other-wise.

          SECTION 4.6. Ownership of Shares and Securities of the Trust. Any
Trustee, and any officer, employee or agent of the Trust, and any organization
in which any such Person is interested, may acquire, own, hold and dispose of
Shares of any Series and other Securities of the Trust for his or its individual
account, and may exercise all rights of a holder of such Shares or Securities to
the same extent and in the same manner as if such Person were not such a
Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust; subject, in the case of
Trustees and officers, to the same limitations as directors or officers (as the
case may be) of a Massachusetts business corporation; and the Trust may issue
and sell or cause to be issued and sold and may purchase any such Shares or
other Securities from any such Person or any such organization, subject only to
the general limitations, restrictions or other provisions applicable to the sale
or purchase of Shares of such Series or other Securities of the Trust generally.



<PAGE>16


          SECTION 4.7. Right of Trustees and Officers to Own Property or to
Engage in Business; Authority of Trustees to Permit Others to Do Likewise. The
Trustees, in their capacity as Trustees, and (unless otherwise specifically
directed by vote of the Trustees) the officers of the Trust in their capacity as
such, shall not be required to devote their entire time to the business and
affairs of the Trust. Except as otherwise specifically provided by vote of the
Trustees, or by agreement in any particular case, any Trustee or officer of the
Trust may acquire, own, hold and dispose of, for his own individual account, any
property, and acquire, own, hold, carry on and dispose of, for his own
individual account, any business entity or business activity, whether similar or
dissimilar to any property or business entity or business activity invested in
or carried on by the Trust, and without first offering the same as an investment
opportunity to the Trust, and may exercise all rights in respect thereof as if
he were not a Trustee or officer of the Trust. The Trustees shall also have
power, generally or in specific cases, to permit employees or agents of the
Trust to have the same rights (or lesser rights) to acquire, hold, own and
dispose of property and businesses, to carry on businesses, and to accept
investment opportunities without offering them to the Trust, as the Trustees
have by virtue of this Section 4.7.

          SECTION 4.8. Reliance on Experts. The Trustees and officers may
consult with counsel, engineers, brokers, appraisers, auctioneers, accountants,
investment bankers, securities analysts or other Persons (any of which may be a
firm in which one or more of the Trustees or officers is or are members or
otherwise interested) whose profession gives authority to a statement made by
them on the subject in question, and who are reasonably deemed by the Trustees
or officers in question to be competent, and the advice or opinion of such
Persons shall be full and complete personal protection to all of the Trustees
and officers in respect of any action taken or suffered by them in good faith
and in reliance on or in accordance with such advice or opinion. In discharging
their duties, Trustees and officers, when acting in good faith, may rely upon
financial statements of the Trust represented to them to be correct by any
officer of the Trust having charge of its books of account, or stated in a
written report by an independent certified public accountant fairly to present
the financial position of the Trust. The Trustees and officers may rely, and
shall be personally protected in acting, upon any instrument or other document
believed by them to be genuine.

          SECTION 4.9. Surety Bonds. No Trustee, officer, employee or agent of
the Trust shall, as such, be obligated to give any bond or surety or other
security for the performance of any of his duties, unless required by applicable
law or regulation, or unless the Trustees shall otherwise determine in any
particular case.

          SECTION 4.10. Apparent Authority of Trustees and Officers. No
purchaser, lender, transfer agent or other Person dealing with the Trustees or
any officer of the Trust shall be bound to make any inquiry concerning the
validity of any transaction purporting to be made by the Trustees or by such
officer, or to make inquiry concerning or be liable for the application of money
or property paid, loaned or delivered to or on the order of the Trustees or of
such officer.




<PAGE>17


          SECTION 4.11. Other Relationships Not Prohibited. The fact that:

                    (a) any of the Shareholders, Trustees or officers of the
          Trust is a shareholder, director, officer, partner, trustee, employee,
          manager, adviser, principal underwriter or distributor or agent of or
          for any Contracting Party (as defined in Section 5.2 hereof), or of or
          for any parent or affiliate of any Contracting Party, or that the
          Contracting Party or any parent or affiliate thereof is a Shareholder
          or has an interest in the Trust or any Portfolio, or that

                    (b) any Contracting Party may have a contract providing for
          the rendering of any similar services to one or more other
          corporations, trusts, associations, partnerships, limited partnerships
          or other organizations, or have other business or interests,

shall not affect the validity of any contract for the performance and assumption
of services, duties and responsibilities to, for or of the Trust and/or the
Trustees or disqualify any Shareholder, Trustee or officer of the Trust from
voting upon or executing the same or create any liability or accountability to
the Trust or to the holders of Shares of any Series; provided, that, in the case
of any relationship or interest referred to in the preceding clause (i) on the
part of any Trustee or officer of the Trust, either (x) the material facts as to
such relationship or interest have been disclosed to or are known by the
Trustees not having any such relationship or interest and the contract involved
is approved in good faith by a majority of such Trustees not having any such
relationship or interest (even though such unrelated or disinterested Trustees
are less than a quorum of all of the Trustees), (y) the material facts as to
such relationship or interest and as to the contract have been disclosed to or
are known by the Shareholders entitled to vote thereon and the contract involved
is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the Shareholders, or (z) the
specific contract involved is fair to the Trust as of the time it is authorized,
approved or ratified by the Trustees or by the Shareholders.

          SECTION 4.12. Payment of Trust Expenses. The Trustees are authorized
to pay or to cause to be paid out of the principal or income of the Trust, or
partly out of principal and partly out of income, and according to any
allocation to particular Portfolios made by them pursuant to Section 6.2(b)
hereof, all expenses, fees, charges, taxes and liabilities incurred or arising
in connection with the business and affairs of the Trust or in connection with
the management thereof, including, but not limited to, the Trustees'
compensation and such expenses and charges for the services of the Trust's
officers, employees, Investment Adviser, Administrator, Distributor, Principal
Underwriter, auditor, counsel, Custodian, Transfer Agent, Dividend Disbursing
Agent, Accounting Agent, Shareholder Servicing Agent, and such other agents,
consultants, and independent contractors and such other expenses and charges as
the Trustees may deem necessary or proper to incur.

          SECTION 4.13. Ownership of the Trust Property. Legal title to all the
Trust Property shall be vested in the Trustees as joint tenants, except that the
Trustees shall have power to cause legal title to any Trust Property to be held
by or in the name of one or more of the Trustees, or in the name of the Trust,
or of any particular Portfolio, or in the name of any other Person as nominee,
on such terms as the Trustees may determine; provided, that the


<PAGE>18


interest of the Trust and of the respective Portfolio therein is appropriately
protected. The right, title and interest of the Trustees in the Trust Property
shall vest automatically in each Person who may hereafter become a Trustee. Upon
the termination of the term of office of a Trustee as provided in Section
4.1(c), (d) or (e) hereof, such Trustee shall automatically cease to have any
right, title or interest in any of the Trust Property, and the right, title and
interest of such Trustee in the Trust Property shall vest automatically in the
remaining Trustees. Such vesting and cessation of title shall be effective
whether or not conveyancing documents have been executed and delivered pursuant
to Section 4.1(i) hereof.

                                   ARTICLE 5.
                                   ----------

                    DELEGATION OF MANAGERIAL RESPONSIBILITIES
                    -----------------------------------------

          SECTION 5.1. Appointment; Action by Less than All Trustees. The
Trustees shall be responsible for the general operating policy of the Trust and
for the general supervision of the business of the Trust conducted by officers,
agents, employees or advisers of the Trust or by independent contractors, but
the Trustees shall not be required personally to conduct all the business of the
Trust and, consistent with their ultimate responsibility as stated herein, the
Trustees may appoint, employ or contract with one or more officers, employees
and agents to conduct, manage and/or supervise the operations of the Trust, and
may grant or delegate such authority to such officers, employees and/or agents
as the Trustees may, in their sole discretion, deem to be necessary or
desirable, without regard to whether such authority is normally granted or
delegated by trustees. With respect to those matters of the operation and
business of the Trust which they shall elect to conduct themselves, except as
otherwise provided by this Declaration or the Bylaws, if any, the Trustees may
authorize any single Trustee or defined group of Trustees, or any committee
consisting of a number of Trustees less than the whole number of Trustees then
in office without specification of the particular Trustees required to be
included therein, to act for and to bind the Trust, to the same extent as the
whole number of Trustees could do, either with respect to one or more particular
matters or classes of matters, or generally.

          SECTION 5.2. Certain Contracts. Subject to compliance with the
provisions of the 1940 Act, but notwithstanding any limitations of present and
future law or custom in regard to delegation of powers by trustees generally,
the Trustees may, at any time and from time to time in their discretion and
without limiting the generality of their powers and authority otherwise set
forth herein, enter into one or more contracts with any one or more
corporations, trusts, associations, partnerships, limited partnerships or other
types of organizations, or individuals ("Contracting Party"), to provide for the
performance and assumption of some or all of the following services, duties and
responsibilities to, for or on behalf of the Trust and/or any Portfolio, and/or
the Trustees, and to provide for the performance and assumption of such other
services, duties and responsibilities in addition to those set forth below, as
the Trustees may deem appropriate:

                    (a) Advisory. One or more investment advisory or management
          agreements, each with an investment manager or advisor (each, an
          "Investment Advisor") whereby the Investment Adviser shall undertake
          to furnish the Trust such


<PAGE>19


          management, investment advisory or supervisory, administrative,
          accounting, legal, statistical and research facilities and services,
          and such other facilities and services, if any, as the Trustees shall
          from time to time consider desirable, all upon such terms and
          conditions as the Trustees may in their discretion determine to be not
          inconsistent with this Declaration, the applicable provisions of the
          1940 Act or any applicable provisions of the Bylaws. Any such advisory
          or management agreement and any amendment thereto shall be subject to
          approval by a Majority Shareholder Vote at a meeting of the
          Shareholders of the Trust. Notwithstanding any provisions of this
          Declaration, the Trustees may authorize the Investment Adviser
          (subject to such general or specific instructions as the Trustees may
          from time to time adopt) to effect purchases, sales, loans or
          exchanges of portfolio securities of the Trust on behalf of the
          Trustees or may authorize any officer or employee of the Trust or any
          Trustee to effect such purchases, sales, loans or exchanges pursuant
          to recommendations of the Investment Adviser (and all without further
          action by the Trustees). Any such purchases, sales, loans and
          exchanges shall be deemed to have been authorized by all of the
          Trustees. The Trustees may, in their sole discretion, call a meeting
          of Shareholders in order to submit to a vote of Shareholders at such
          meeting the approval of continuance of any such investment advisory or
          management agreement. If the Shareholders of any Portfolio should fail
          to approve any such investment advisory or management agreement, the
          Investment Adviser may nonetheless serve as Investment Adviser with
          respect to any other Portfolio whose Shareholders shall have approved
          such contract.

                    (b) Administration. One or more agreements, each with a
          provider of administrative and clerical services whereby the other
          party shall, as agent for the Trustees, but subject to the general
          supervision of the Trustees and in conformity with any policies of the
          Trustees with respect to the operations of the Trust and each
          Portfolio, supervise all or any part of the operations of the Trust
          and each Portfolio, and shall provide all or any part of the
          administrative and clerical personnel, office space and office
          equipment and services appropriate for the efficient administration
          and operations of the Trust and each Portfolio (any such agent being
          herein referred to as an "Administrator").

                  (c) Distribution.  One or more agreements,  each with a broker
         or dealer in securities  providing for the sale of Shares of any one or
         more  Series to net the  Trust  not less  than the net asset  value per
         Share (as described in Section 6.2(h) hereof) and pursuant to which the
         Trust may appoint the other party to such  agreement  as its  principal
         underwriter  or sales agent for the  distribution  of such Shares.  The
         agreement  shall contain such terms and  conditions as the Trustees may
         in  their  discretion  determine  to  be  not  inconsistent  with  this
         Declaration,  the  applicable  provisions  of  the  1940  Act  and  any
         applicable  provisions  of the  Bylaws  (any such  agent  being  herein
         referred to as a  "Distributor"  or a "Principal  Underwriter",  as the
         case may be).

                    (d) Custodian. One or more agreements, each with a bank or
          trust company having an aggregate capital, surplus and undivided
          profits (as shown in its last published report) of at least two
          million dollars ($2,000,000) as custodian of the Securities and cash
          of the Trust and of each Portfolio and of the accounting records in


<PAGE>20

          connection therewith (any such bank or trust company so appointed
          being herein referred to as a "Custodian").

                    (e) Transfer and Dividend Disbursing Agency. One or more
          agreements, each with an agent to maintain records of the ownership of
          outstanding Shares, the issuance and redemption and the transfer
          thereof (any such agent being herein referred to as a "Transfer
          Agent"), and to disburse any dividends declared by the Trustees and in
          accordance with the policies of the Trustees and/or the instructions
          of any particular Shareholder to reinvest any such dividends (any such
          agent being herein referred to as a "Dividend Disbursing Agent").

                    (f) Shareholder Servicing. One or more agreements, each with
          an agent to provide service with respect to the relationship of the
          Trust and its Shareholders, records with respect to Shareholders and
          their Shares, and similar matters (any such agent being herein
          referred to as a "Shareholder Servicing Agent").

                    (g) Accounting. One or more agreements, each with an agent
          to handle all or any part of the accounting responsibilities, whether
          with respect to the Trust's properties, Shareholders or otherwise (any
          such agent being herein referred to as an "Accounting Agent").

The same Person may be the Contracting Party for some or all of the services,
duties and responsibilities to, for and of the Trust and/or the Trustees, and
the contracts with respect thereto may contain such terms interpretive of or in
addition to the delineation of the services, duties and responsibilities
provided for, including provisions that are not inconsistent with the 1940 Act
relating to the standard of duty of and the rights to indemnification of the
Contracting Party and others, as the Trustees may determine. Nothing herein
shall preclude, prevent or limit the Trust or a Contracting Party from entering
into sub-contractual arrangements relative to any of the matters referred to in
subsections (a) through (g) of this Section 5.2.


                                   ARTICLE 6.
                                   ----------

                              PORTFOLIOS AND SHARES
                              ---------------------

          SECTION 6.1. Description of Portfolios and Shares.

                    (a) Shares; Portfolios; Series of Shares. The beneficial
          interest in the Trust shall be divided into Shares having a nominal or
          par value of one mill ($.001) per Share, of which an unlimited number
          may be issued. Without limitation of any other powers accorded to them
          by Article 3 of this Declaration or otherwise, the Trustees shall have
          the authority (without any requirement of Shareholder approval) at any
          time or from time to time,



<PAGE>21



                           (i)          to establish and designate one or more
                                        separate, distinct and independent
                                        Portfolios, in addition to the Fixed
                                        Income Portfolio and the Global Fixed
                                        Income Portfolio established and
                                        designated in Section 6.2 hereof, into
                                        which the assets of the Trust shall be
                                        divided;

                           (ii)         to authorize a separate Series of Shares
                                        for each such additional Portfolio (each
                                        of which Series shall represent
                                        beneficial interests only in the
                                        Portfolio with respect to which such
                                        Series was authorized);

                           (iii)        to fix and determine the relative rights
                                        and preferences of Shares of the
                                        respective Series as to rights of
                                        redemption and the price, terms and
                                        manner of redemption, special and
                                        relative rights as to dividends and
                                        other distributions and on liquidation,
                                        sinking or purchase fund provisions,
                                        conversion rights, and conditions under
                                        which the Shareholders of the several
                                        Series shall have separate voting rights
                                        or no voting rights; and


                           (iv)         to classify or reclassify any unissued
                                        Shares, or any Shares of any Series
                                        previously issued and reacquired by the
                                        Trust, into Shares of one or more other
                                        Series that may be established and
                                        designated from time to time.

Except as otherwise provided as to a particular Portfolio herein, or in the
Certificate of Designation therefor, the Trustees shall have all the rights and
powers, and be subject to all the duties and obligations, with respect to each
such Portfolio and the assets and affairs thereof as they have under this
Declaration with respect to the Trust and the Trust Property in general.

                    (b) Establishment, etc. of Portfolios; Authorization of
          Shares. The establishment and designation of any Portfolio in addition
          to the Portfolios established and designated in Section 6.2 hereof and
          the authorization of the Shares thereof shall be effective upon the
          execution by a Majority of the Trustees (or by an officer of the Trust
          pursuant to the vote of a Majority of the Trustees) of an instrument
          setting forth such establishment and designation and the relative
          rights and preferences of the Shares of such Portfolio and the manner
          in which the same may be amended (a "Certificate of Designation"), and
          may provide that the number of Shares of such Series which may be
          issued is unlimited, or may limit the number issuable. At any time
          that there are no Shares outstanding of any particular Portfolio
          previously established and designated, including any Portfolio
          established and designated in Section 6.2 hereof, the Trustees may by
          an instrument executed by a Majority of the Trustees (or by an officer
          of the Trust pursuant to the vote of a Majority of the Trustees)
          terminate such Portfolio and the establishment and designation thereof
          and the authorization of its Shares (a "Certificate of Termination").
          Each Certificate of Designation, Certificate of Termination and any
          instrument amending a Certificate of Designation shall have the



<PAGE>22


          status of an amendment to this Declaration of Trust, and shall be
          filed and become effective as provided in Section 9.4 hereof.

                    (c) Character of Separate Portfolios and Shares Thereof.
          Each Portfolio established hereunder shall be a separate component of
          the assets of the Trust, and the holders of Shares of the Series
          representing the beneficial interest in the assets of that Portfolio
          shall be considered Shareholders of such Portfolio, but such
          Shareholders shall also be considered Shareholders of the Trust for
          purposes of receiving reports and notices and, except as otherwise
          provided herein or in the Certificate of Designation of a particular
          Portfolio as to such Portfolio, or as required by the 1940 Act or
          other applicable law, the right to vote, all without distinction by
          Series.

                    (d) Consideration for Shares. The Trustees may issue Shares
          of any Series for such consideration (which may include property
          subject to, or acquired in connection with the assumption of,
          liabilities) and on such terms as they may determine (or for no
          consideration if pursuant to a Share dividend or split-up), all
          without action or approval of the Shareholders. All Shares when so
          issued on the terms determined by the Trustees shall be fully paid and
          non-assessable (but may be subject to mandatory contribution back to
          the Trust as provided in Section 6.2(h) hereof).

          SECTION 6.2. Establishment and Designation of Certain Portfolios;
General Provisions for All Portfolios. Without limiting the authority of the
Trustees set forth in Section 6.1(a) hereof to establish and designate further
Portfolios, there are hereby established and designated the following two (2)
Portfolio(s): the Fixed Income Portfolio and the Global Fixed Income Portfolio.
The Shares of such Portfolios, and the Shares of any further Portfolios that may
from time to time be established and designated by the Trustees shall (unless
the Trustees otherwise determine with respect to some further Portfolio at the
time of establishing and designating the same) have the following relative
rights and preferences:

                    (a) Assets Belonging to Portfolios. Any portion of the Trust
          Property allocated to a particular Portfolio, and all consideration
          received by the Trust for the issue or sale of Shares of such
          Portfolio, together with all assets in which such consideration is
          invested or reinvested, all interest, dividends, income, earnings,
          profits and gains therefrom, and proceeds thereof, including any
          proceeds derived from the sale, exchange or liquidation of such
          assets, and any funds or payments derived from any reinvestment of
          such proceeds in whatever form the same may be, shall be held by the
          Trustees in trust for the benefit of the holders of Shares of that
          Portfolio and shall irrevocably belong to that Portfolio for all
          purposes, and shall be so recorded upon the books of account of the
          Trust, and the Shareholders of such Portfolio shall not have, and
          shall be conclusively deemed to have waived, any claims to the assets
          of any Portfolio of which they are not Shareholders. Such
          consideration, assets, interest, dividends, income, earnings, profits,
          gains and proceeds, together with any General Items allocated to that
          Portfolio as provided in the following sentence, are herein referred
          to collectively as "Portfolio Assets" of such Portfolio, and as assets
          "belonging to" that Portfolio. In the event that there are any assets,
          income, earnings, profits, and proceeds thereof, funds, or payments
          which are not readily identifiable as belonging to


<PAGE>23


          any particular Portfolio (collectively "General Items"), the Trustees
          shall allocate such General Items to and among any one or more of the
          Portfolios established and designated from time to time in such manner
          and on such basis as they, in their sole discretion, deem fair and
          equitable; and any General Items so allocated to a particular
          Portfolio shall belong to and be part of the Portfolio Assets of that
          Portfolio. Each such allocation by the Trustees shall be conclusive
          and binding upon the Shareholders of all Portfolios for all purposes.

                    (b) Liabilities of Portfolios. The assets belonging to each
          particular Portfolio shall be charged with the liabilities in respect
          of that Portfolio and all expenses, costs, charges and reserves
          attributable to that Portfolio, and any general liabilities, expenses,
          costs, charges or reserves of the Trust which are not readily
          identifiable as pertaining to any particular Portfolio shall be
          allocated and charged by the Trustees to and among any one or more of
          the Portfolios established and designated from time to time in such
          manner and on such basis as the Trustees in their sole discretion deem
          fair and equitable. The indebtedness, expenses, costs, charges and
          reserves allocated and so charged to a particular Portfolio are herein
          referred to as "liabilities of" that Portfolio. Each allocation of
          liabilities, expenses, costs, charges and reserves by the Trustees
          shall be conclusive and binding upon the Shareholders of all
          Portfolios for all purposes. Any creditor of any Portfolio may look
          only to the assets of that Portfolio to satisfy such creditor's debt.

                    (c) Dividends. Dividends and distributions on Shares of a
          particular Portfolio may be paid with such frequency as the Trustees
          may determine, which may be daily or otherwise pursuant to a standing
          resolution or resolutions adopted only once or with such frequency as
          the Trustees may determine, to the Shareholders of that Portfolio,
          from such of the income, accrued or realized, and capital gains,
          realized or unrealized, and out of the assets belonging to that
          Portfolio, as the Trustees may determine, after providing for actual
          and accrued liabilities of that Portfolio. All dividends and
          distributions on Shares of a particular Portfolio shall be distributed
          pro rata to the Shareholders of that Portfolio in proportion to the
          number of such Shares held by such holders at the date and time of
          record established for the payment of such dividends or distributions,
          except that in connection with any dividend or distribution program or
          procedure the Trustees may determine that no dividend or distribution
          shall be payable on Shares as to which the Shareholder's purchase
          order and/or payment have not been received by the time or times
          established by the Trustees under such program or procedure, or that
          dividends or distributions shall be payable on Shares which have been
          tendered by the holder thereof for redemption or repurchase, but the
          redemption or repurchase proceeds of which have not yet been paid to
          such Shareholder. Such dividends and distributions may be made in cash
          or Shares of that Portfolio or a combination thereof as determined by
          the Trustees, or pursuant to any program that the Trustees may have in
          effect at the time for the election by each Shareholder of the mode of
          the making of such dividend or distribution to that Shareholder. Any
          such dividend or distribution paid in Shares will be paid at the net
          asset value thereof as determined in accordance with subsection (g) of
          this Section 6.2.





<PAGE>24


                    (d) Liquidation. In the event of the liquidation or
          dissolution of the Trust, the Shareholders of each Portfolio of which
          Shares are outstanding shall be entitled to receive, when and as
          declared by the Trustees, the excess of the Portfolio Assets over the
          liabilities of such Portfolio. The assets so distributable to the
          Shareholders of any particular Portfolio shall be distributed among
          such Shareholders in proportion to the number of Shares of that
          Portfolio held by them and recorded on the books of the Trust. The
          liquidation of any particular Portfolio may be authorized by vote of a
          Majority of the Trustees, subject to the affirmative vote of "a
          majority of the outstanding voting securities" of that Portfolio, as
          the quoted phrase is defined in the 1940 Act, determined in accordance
          with clause (iii) of the definition of "Majority Shareholder Vote" in
          Section 1.4 hereof.

                    (e) Redemption by Shareholder. Each holder of Shares of a
          particular Portfolio shall have the right at such times as may be
          permitted by the Trust, but no less frequently than once each week, to
          require the Trust to redeem all or any part of his Shares of that
          Portfolio at a redemption price equal to the net asset value per Share
          of that Portfolio next determined in accordance with subsection (g) of
          this Section 6.2 after the Shares are properly tendered for
          redemption; provided, that the Trustees may from time to time, in
          their discretion, determine and impose a fee for such redemption.
          Payment of the redemption price shall be in cash; provided, however,
          that if the Trustees determine, which determination shall be
          conclusive, that conditions exist which make payment wholly in cash
          unwise or undesirable, the Trust may make payment wholly or partly in
          Securities or other assets belonging to such Portfolio at the value of
          such Securities or assets used in such determination of net asset
          value. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trust may postpone payment
          of the redemption price and may suspend the right of the holders of
          Shares of any Portfolio to require the Trust to redeem Shares of that
          Portfolio during any period or at any time when and to the extent
          permissible under the 1940 Act.

                    (f) Redemption at the Option of the Trust. Each Share of any
          Portfolio shall be subject to redemption at the option of the Trust at
          the redemption price which would be applicable if such Share were then
          being redeemed by the Shareholder pursuant to subsection (e) of this
          Section 6.2: (i) at any time, if the Trustees determine in their sole
          discretion that failure to so redeem may have materially adverse
          consequences to the holders of the Shares of the Trust or of any
          Portfolio, or (ii) upon such other conditions with respect to
          maintenance of Shareholder accounts of a minimum amount as may from
          time to time be determined by the Trustees and set forth in the then
          current Prospectus of such Portfolio. Upon such redemption the holders
          of the Shares so redeemed shall have no further right with respect
          thereto other than to receive payment of such redemption price.

                    (g) Net Asset Value. The net asset value per Share of any
          Series at any time shall be the quotient obtained by dividing the
          value of the net assets of such Portfolio at such time (being the
          current value of the assets belonging to such Portfolio, less its then
          existing liabilities) by the total number of Shares of that Series
          then outstanding, all determined in accordance with the methods and
          procedures, including


<PAGE>25


          without limitation those with respect to rounding, established by the
          Trustees from time to time. The Trustees may determine to maintain the
          net asset value per Share of any Series at a designated constant
          dollar amount and in connection therewith may adopt procedures not
          inconsistent with the 1940 Act for the continuing declaration of
          income attributable to that Portfolio as dividends payable in
          additional Shares of that Series at the designated constant dollar
          amount and for the handling of any losses attributable to that
          Portfolio. Such procedures may provide that in the event of any loss
          each Shareholder shall be deemed to have contributed to the shares of
          beneficial interest account of that Portfolio his pro rata portion of
          the total number of Shares required to be canceled in order to permit
          the net asset value per Share of that Series to be maintained, after
          reflecting such loss, at the designated constant dollar amount. Each
          Shareholder of the Trust shall be deemed to have expressly agreed, by
          his investment in any Portfolio with respect to which the Trustees
          shall have adopted any such procedure, to make the contribution
          referred to in the preceding sentence in the event of any such loss.

                    (h) Transfer. All Shares of the Trust shall be transferable,
          but transfers of Shares of a particular Portfolio will be recorded on
          the Share transfer records of the Trust applicable to that Portfolio
          only at such times as Shareholders shall have the right to require the
          Trust to redeem Shares of that Portfolio and at such other times as
          may be permitted by the Trustees.

                    (i) Equality. All Shares of each Series shall represent an
          equal proportionate interest in the assets belonging to that Portfolio
          (subject to the liabilities of that Portfolio), and each Share of any
          particular Series shall be equal to each other Share thereof, but the
          provisions of this sentence shall not restrict any distinctions
          permissible under subsection (c) of this Section 6.2 that may exist
          with respect to dividends and distributions on Shares of the same
          Series. The Trustees may from time to time divide or combine the
          Shares of any particular Series into a greater or lesser number of
          Shares of that Series without thereby changing the proportionate
          beneficial interest in the assets belonging to that Portfolio or in
          any way affecting the rights of the holders of Shares of any other
          Series.

                    (j) Rights of Fractional Shares. Any fractional Share of any
          Series shall carry proportionately all the rights and obligations of a
          whole Share of that Series, including rights and obligations with
          respect to voting, receipt of dividends and distributions, redemption
          of Shares, and liquidation of the Trust or of the Portfolio to which
          they pertain.

                    (k) Conversion Rights. Subject to compliance with the
          requirements of the 1940 Act, the Trustees shall have the authority to
          provide that holders of Shares of any Series shall have the right to
          convert said Shares into Shares of one or more other Series in
          accordance with such requirements and procedures as the Trustees may
          establish.



<PAGE>26


          SECTION 6.3. Ownership of Shares. The ownership of Shares shall be
recorded on the books of the Trust or of a Transfer Agent or similar agent for
the Trust, which books shall be maintained separately for the Shares of each
Series that has been authorized. Certificates evidencing the ownership of Shares
need not be issued except as the Trustees may otherwise determine from time to
time, and the Trustees shall have power to call outstanding Share certificates
and to replace them with book entries. The Trustees may make such rules as they
consider appropriate for the issuance of Share certificates, the use of
facsimile signatures, the transfer of Shares and similar matters. The record
books of the Trust as kept by the Trust or any Transfer Agent or similar agent,
as the case may be, shall be conclusive as to who are the Shareholders and as to
the number of Shares of each Series held from time to time by each such
Shareholder.

          The holders of Shares of each Series shall upon demand disclose to the
Trustees in writing such information with respect to their direct and indirect
ownership of Shares of such Portfolio as the Trustees deem necessary to comply
with the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (or any
successor statute), or to comply with the requirements of any other authority.

          SECTION 6.4. Investments in the Trust. The Trustees may accept
investments in any Portfolio of the Trust from such Persons and on such terms
and for such consideration, not inconsistent with the provisions of the 1940
Act, as they from time to time authorize. The Trustees may authorize any
Distributor, Principal Underwriter, Custodian, Transfer Agent or other Person to
accept orders for the purchase of Shares that conform to such authorized terms
and to reject any purchase orders for Shares, whether or not conforming to such
authorized terms.

          SECTION 6.5. No Preemptive Rights. No Shareholder, by virtue of
holding Shares of any Series, shall have any preemptive or other right to
subscribe to any additional Shares of that Series, or to any shares of any other
Series, or any other Securities issued by the Trust.

          SECTION 6.6. Status of Shares. Every Shareholder, by virtue of having
become a Shareholder, shall be held to have expressly assented and agreed to the
terms hereof and to have become a party hereto. Shares shall be deemed to be
personal property, giving only the rights provided herein. Ownership of Shares
shall not entitle the Shareholder to any title in or to the whole or any part of
the Trust Property or right to call for a partition or division of the same or
for an accounting, nor shall the ownership of Shares constitute the Shareholders
partners. The death of a Shareholder during the continuance of the Trust shall
not operate to terminate the Trust or any Portfolio, nor entitle the
representative of any deceased Shareholder to an accounting or to take any
action in court or elsewhere against the Trust or the Trustees, but only to the
rights of said decedent under this Declaration of Trust.




<PAGE>27





                                   ARTICLE 7.
                                   ----------

                    SHAREHOLDERS' VOTING POWERS AND MEETINGS
                    ----------------------------------------


          SECTION 7.1. Voting Powers. The Shareholders shall have power to vote
only (i) for the election or removal of Trustees as provided in Sections 4.1(c)
and (e) hereof, (ii) with respect to the approval or termination in accordance
with the 1940 Act of any contract with a Contracting Party as provided in
Section 5.2 hereof as to which Shareholder approval is required by the 1940 Act,
(iii) with respect to any termination or reorganization of the Trust or any
Portfolio to the extent and as provided in Sections 9.1 and 9.2 hereof, (iv)
with respect to any amendment of this Declaration of Trust to the extent and as
provided in Section 9.3 hereof, (v) to the same extent as the stockholders of a
Massachusetts business corporation as to whether or not a court action,
proceeding or claim should or should not be brought or maintained derivatively
or as a class action on behalf of the Trust or any Portfolio, or the
Shareholders of any of them (provided, however, that a Shareholder of a
particular Portfolio shall not in any event be entitled to maintain a derivative
or class action on behalf of any other Portfolio or the Shareholders thereof),
and (vi) with respect to such additional matters relating to the Trust as may be
required by the 1940 Act, this Declaration of Trust, the Bylaws or any
registration of the Trust with the Commission (or any successor agency) or any
State, or as the Trustees may consider necessary or desirable. If and to the
extent that the Trustees shall determine that such action is required by law or
by this Declaration, they shall cause each matter required or permitted to be
voted upon at a meeting or by written consent of Shareholders to be submitted to
a separate vote of the outstanding Shares of each Portfolio entitled to vote
thereon; provided, that (i) when expressly required by the 1940 Act or by other
law, actions of Shareholders shall be taken by Single Class Voting of all
outstanding Shares of each Series whose holders are entitled to vote thereon;
and (ii) when the Trustees determine that any matter to be submitted to a vote
of Shareholders affects only the rights or interests of Shareholders of one or
more but not all Portfolios, then only the Shareholders of the Portfolios so
affected shall be entitled to vote thereon.

          SECTION 7.2. Number of Votes and Manner of Voting; Proxies. On each
matter submitted to a vote of the Shareholders, each holder of Shares of any
Series shall be entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of Shares of
such Series standing in his name on the books of the Trust. There shall be no
cumulative voting in the election of Trustees. Shares may be voted in person or
by proxy. A proxy with respect to Shares held in the name of two (2) or more
Persons shall be valid if executed by any one of them unless at or prior to
exercise of the proxy the Trust receives a specific written notice to the
contrary from any one of them. A proxy purporting to be executed by or on behalf
of a Shareholder shall be deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its
exercise and the burden of proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger.
Until Shares are issued, the Trustees may exercise all rights of Shareholders
and may take any action required by law, this Declaration of Trust or the Bylaws
to be taken by Shareholders.

          SECTION 7.3. Meetings. Meetings of Shareholders may be called by the
Trustees from time to time for the purpose of taking action upon any matter
requiring the vote or authority of the Shareholders as herein provided, or upon
any other matter deemed by the




<PAGE>28


Trustees to be necessary or desirable. Written notice of any meeting of
Shareholders shall be given or caused to be given by the Trustees by mailing
such notice at least seven (7) days before such meeting, postage prepaid,
stating the time, place and purpose of the meeting, to each Shareholder at the
Shareholder's address as it appears on the records of the Trust. The Trustees
shall promptly call and give notice of a meeting of Shareholders for the purpose
of voting upon removal of any Trustee of the Trust when requested to do so in
writing by Shareholders holding not less than ten percent (10%) of the Shares
then outstanding. If the Trustees shall fail to call or give notice of any
meeting of Shareholders for a period of thirty (30) days after written
application by Shareholders holding at least ten percent (10%) of the Shares
then outstanding requesting that a meeting be called for any other purpose
requiring action by the Shareholders as provided herein or in the Bylaws, then
Shareholders holding at least ten percent (10%) of the Shares then outstanding
may call and give notice of such meeting, and thereupon the meeting shall be
held in the manner provided for herein in case of call thereof by the Trustees.

          SECTION 7.4. Record Dates. For the purpose of determining the
Shareholders who are entitled to vote or act at any meeting or any adjournment
thereof, or who are entitled to participate in any dividend or distribution, or
for the purpose of any other action, the Trustees may from time to time close
the transfer books for such period, not exceeding thirty (30) days (except at or
in connection with the termination of the Trust), as the Trustees may determine;
or without closing the transfer books the Trustees may fix a date and time not
more than sixty (60) days prior to the date of any meeting of Shareholders or
other action as the date and time of record for the determination of
Shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting or any adjournment thereof or to
be treated as Shareholders of record for purposes of such other action, and any
Shareholder who was a Shareholder at the date and time so fixed shall be
entitled to vote at such meeting or any adjournment thereof or to be treated as
a Shareholder of record for purposes of such other action, even though he has
since that date and time disposed of his Shares, and no Shareholder becoming
such after that date and time shall be so entitled to vote at such meeting or
any adjournment thereof or to be treated as a Shareholder of record for purposes
of such other action.

          SECTION 7.5. Quorum and Required Vote. A majority of the Shares
entitled to vote shall be a quorum for the transaction of business at a
Shareholders' meeting, but any lesser number shall be sufficient for
adjournments. Any adjourned session or sessions may be held within a reasonable
time after the date set for the original meeting without the necessity of
further notice. A Majority Shareholder Vote at a meeting of which a quorum is
present shall decide any question, except when a different vote is required or
permitted by any provision of the 1940 Act or other applicable law or by this
Declaration of Trust or the By-Laws, or when the Trustees shall in their
discretion require a larger vote or the vote of a majority or larger fraction of
the Shares of one or more particular Series.

          SECTION 7.6. Action by Written Consent. Subject to the provisions of
the 1940 Act and other applicable law, any action taken by Shareholders may be
taken without a meeting if a majority of Shareholders entitled to vote on the
matter (or such larger proportion thereof or of the Shares of any particular
Series as shall be required by the 1940 Act or by any express provision of this
Declaration of Trust or the Bylaws or as shall be permitted by the Trustees)



<PAGE>29


consent to the action in writing and if the writings in which such consent is
given are filed with the records of the meetings of Shareholders, to the same
extent and for the same period as proxies given in connection with a
Shareholders' meeting. Such consent shall be treated for all purposes as a vote
taken at a meeting of Shareholders.

          SECTION 7.7. Inspection of Records. The records of the Trust shall be
open to inspection by Shareholders to the same extent as is permitted
stockholders of a Massachusetts business corporation under the Massachusetts
Business Corporation Law.

          SECTION 7.8. Additional Provisions. The Bylaws may include further
provisions for Shareholders' votes and meetings and related matters not
inconsistent with the provisions hereof.


                                   ARTICLE 8.
                                   ----------

                    LIMITATION OF LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION
                    ----------------------------------------


          SECTION 8.1. Trustees, Shareholders, etc. Not Personally Liable;
Notice. The Trustees and officers of the Trust, in incurring any debts,
liabilities or obligations, or in taking or omitting any other actions for or in
connection with the Trust, are or shall be deemed to be acting as Trustees or
officers of the Trust and not in their own capacities. No Shareholder shall be
subject to any personal liability whatsoever in tort, contract or otherwise to
any other Person or Persons in connection with the assets or the affairs of the
Trust or of any Portfolio, and subject to Section 8.4 hereof, no Trustee,
officer, employee or agent of the Trust shall be subject to any personal
liability whatsoever in tort, contract, or otherwise, to any other Person or
Persons in connection with the assets or affairs of the Trust or of any
Portfolio, save only that arising from his own willful misfeasance, bad faith,
gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of
his office or the discharge of his functions. The Trust (or if the matter
relates only to a particular Portfolio, that Portfolio) shall be solely liable
for any and all debts, claims, demands, judgments, decrees, liabilities or
obligations of any and every kind, against or with respect to the Trust or such
Portfolio in tort, contract or otherwise in connection with the assets or the
affairs of the Trust or such Portfolio, and all Persons dealing with the Trust
or any Portfolio shall be deemed to have agreed that resort shall be had solely
to the Trust Property of the Trust or the Portfolio Assets of such Portfolio, as
the case may be, for the payment or performance thereof.


          The Trustees shall use their best efforts to ensure that every note,
bond, contract, instrument, certificate or undertaking made or issued by the
Trustees or by any officers or officer shall give notice that this Declaration
of Trust is on file with the Secretary of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and
shall recite to the effect that the same was executed or made by or on behalf of
the Trust or by them as Trustees or Trustee or as officers or officer, and not
individually, and that the obligations of such instrument are not binding upon
any of them or the Shareholders individually but are binding only upon the
assets and property of the Trust, or the particular Portfolio in question, as
the case may be, but the omission thereof shall not operate to bind any Trustees
or Trustee or officers or officer or Shareholders or


<PAGE>30


Shareholder individually, or to subject the Portfolio Assets of any Portfolio to
the obligations of any other Portfolio.

          SECTION 8.2. Trustees' Good Faith Action; Expert Advice; No Bond or
Surety. The exercise by the Trustees of their powers and discretion hereunder
shall be binding upon everyone interested. Subject to Section 8.4 hereof, a
Trustee shall be liable for his own willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross
negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of the
office of Trustee, and for nothing else, and shall not be liable for errors of
judgment or mistakes of fact or law. Subject to the foregoing, (i) the Trustees
shall not be responsible or liable in any event for any neglect or wrongdoing of
any officer, agent, employee, consultant, Investment Adviser, Administrator,
Distributor or Principal Underwriter, Custodian or Transfer Agent, Dividend
Disbursing Agent, Shareholder Servicing Agent or Accounting Agent of the Trust,
nor shall any Trustee be responsible for the act or omission of any other
Trustee; (ii) the Trustees may take advice of counsel or other experts with
respect to the meaning and operation of this Declaration of Trust and their
duties as Trustees, and shall be under no liability for any act or omission in
accordance with such advice or for failing to follow such advice; and (iii) in
discharging their duties, the Trustees, when acting in good faith, shall be
entitled to rely upon the books of account of the Trust and upon written reports
made to the Trustees by any officer appointed by them, any independent public
accountant, and (with respect to the subject matter of the contract involved)
any officer, partner or responsible employee of a Contracting Party appointed by
the Trustees pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof. The Trustees as such shall not be
required to give any bond or surety or any other security for the performance of
their duties.

          SECTION 8.3. Indemnification of Shareholders. If any Shareholder (or
former Shareholder) of the Trust shall be charged or held to be personally
liable for any obligation or liability of the Trust solely by reason of being or
having been a Shareholder and not because of such Shareholder's acts or
omissions or for some other reason, the Trust (upon proper and timely request by
the Shareholder) shall assume the defense against such charge and satisfy any
judgment thereon, and the Shareholder or former Shareholder (or the heirs,
executors, administrators or other legal representatives thereof, or in the case
of a corporation or other entity, its corporate or other general successor)
shall be entitled (but solely out of the assets of the Portfolio of which such
Shareholder or former Shareholder is or was the holder of Shares) to be held
harmless from and indemnified against all loss and expense arising from such
liability.

          SECTION 8.4. Indemnification of Trustees, Officers, etc. Subject to
the limitations set forth hereinafter in this Section 8.4, the Trust shall
indemnify (from the assets of the Portfolio or Portfolios to which the conduct
in question relates) each of its Trustees and officers (including Persons who
serve at the Trust's request as directors, officers or trustees of another
organization in which the Trust has any interest as a shareholder, creditor or
otherwise [hereinafter, together with such Person's heirs, executors,
administrators or personal representative, referred to as a "Covered Person"])
against all liabilities, including but not limited to amounts paid in
satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and
expenses, including reasonable accountants' and counsel fees, incurred by any
Covered Person in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit
or other proceeding,



<PAGE>31


whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or legislative
body, in which such Covered Person may be or may have been involved as a party
or otherwise or with which such Covered Person may be or may have been
threatened, while in office or thereafter, by reason of being or having been
such a Trustee or officer, director or trustee, except with respect to any
matter as to which it has been determined that such Covered Person (i) did not
act in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Covered Person's action was
in or not opposed to the best interests of the Trust or (ii) had acted with
willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the
duties involved in the conduct of such Covered Person's office (either and both
of the conduct described in (i) and (ii) being referred to hereafter as
"Disabling Conduct"). A determination that the Covered Person is entitled to
indemnification may be made by (i) a final decision on the merits by a court or
other body before whom the proceeding was brought that the Covered Person to be
indemnified was not liable by reason of Disabling Conduct, (ii) dismissal of a
court action or an administrative proceeding against a Covered Person for
insufficiency of evidence of Disabling Conduct, or (iii) a reasonable
determination, based upon a review of the facts, that the indemnitee was not
liable by reason of Disabling Conduct by (a) a vote of a majority of a quorum of
Trustees who are neither "interested persons" of the Trust as defined in Section
2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act nor parties to the proceeding, or (b) an independent
legal counsel in a written opinion. Expenses, including accountants' and counsel
fees so incurred by any such Covered Person (but excluding amounts paid in
satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines or penalties), may be paid
from time to time by the Portfolio or Portfolios to which the conduct in
question related in advance of the final disposition of any such action, suit or
proceeding; provided, that the Covered Person shall have undertaken to repay the
amounts so paid to such Portfolio or Portfolios if it is ultimately determined
that indemnification of such expenses is not authorized under this Article 8 and
(i) the Covered Person shall have provided security for such undertaking, (ii)
the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any lawful
advances, or (iii) a majority of a quorum of the disinterested Trustees, or an
independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall have determined, based on
a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry),
that there is reason to believe that the Covered Person ultimately will be found
entitled to indemnification.

          SECTION 8.5. Compromise Payment. As to any matter disposed of by a
compromise payment by any such Covered Person referred to in Section 8.4 hereof,
pursuant to a consent decree or otherwise, no such indemnification either for
said payment or for any other expenses shall be provided unless such
indemnification shall be approved (i) by a majority of a quorum of the
disinterested Trustees or (ii) by an independent legal counsel in a written
opinion. Approval by the Trustees pursuant to clause (i) or by independent legal
counsel pursuant to clause (ii) shall not prevent the recovery from any Covered
Person of any amount paid to such Covered Person in accordance with either of
such clauses as indemnification if such Covered Person is subsequently
adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction not to have acted in good faith
in the reasonable belief that such Covered Person's action was in or not opposed
to the best interests of the Trust or to have been liable to the Trust or its
Shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or
reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such Covered
Person's office.




<PAGE>32


          SECTION 8.6. Indemnification Not Exclusive, etc. The right of
indemnification provided by this Article 8 shall not be exclusive of or affect
any other rights to which any such Covered Person may be entitled. As used in
this Article 8, a "disinterested" Person is one against whom none of the
actions, suits or other proceedings in question, and no other action, suit or
other proceeding on the same or similar grounds is then or has been pending or
threatened. Nothing contained in this Article 8 shall affect any rights to
indemnification to which personnel of the Trust, other than Trustees and
officers, and other Persons may be entitled by contract or otherwise under law,
nor the power of the Trust to purchase and maintain liability insurance on
behalf of any such Person.

          SECTION 8.7. Liability of Third Persons Dealing with Trustees. No
person dealing with the Trustees shall be bound to make any inquiry concerning
the validity of any transaction made or to be made by the Trustees or to see to
the application of any payments made or property transferred to the Trust or
upon its order.


                                   ARTICLE 9.
                                   ----------

                      DURATION; REORGANIZATION; AMENDMENTS
                      ------------------------------------


          SECTION 9.1. Duration and Termination of Trust. Unless terminated as
provided herein, the Trust shall continue without limitation of time and,
without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no change, alteration or
modification with respect to any Portfolio or Series of Shares shall operate to
terminate the Trust. The Trust (or any particular Portfolio of the Trust) may be
terminated at any time by a Majority of the Trustees, subject to the favorable
vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the Shares outstanding and
entitled to vote of each Portfolio of the Trust or of such particular Portfolio,
as the case may be, or by an instrument or instruments in writing without a
meeting, consented to by the holders of not less than a majority of such Shares,
or by such greater or different vote of Shareholders of any Series as may be
established by the Certificate of Designation by which such Series was
authorized. Upon termination, after paying or otherwise providing for all
charges, taxes, expenses and liabilities, whether due or accrued or anticipated
as may be determined by the Trustees, the Trust shall in accordance with such
procedures as the Trustees consider appropriate reduce the remaining assets of
the Trust or of each particular Portfolio to distributable form in cash,
Securities or other property, or any combination thereof, and distribute the
proceeds to the Shareholders of the Trust or of each particular Portfolio, in
conformity with the provisions of Section 6.2(d) hereof.

         SECTION 9.2. Reorganization. The Trustees may sell, convey and transfer
all or substantially  all of the assets of the Trust, or the assets belonging to
any one or more  Portfolios,  to  another  trust,  partnership,  association  or
corporation  organized under the laws of any state of the United States,  or may
transfer  such assets to another  Portfolio of the Trust,  in exchange for cash,
Shares or other  Securities  (including,  in the case of a  transfer  to another
Portfolio  of the  Trust,  Shares of such  other  Portfolio),  or to the  extent
permitted  by law then in  effect  may  merge or  consolidate  the  Trust or any
Portfolio with any other Trust or any corporation,  partnership,  or association
organized under the laws of any state of the United States,  all upon such terms
and  conditions  and for such  consideration  when and as  authorized


<PAGE>33

by vote or written consent of a Majority of the Trustees and approved by the
affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the Shares
outstanding and entitled to vote of each Portfolio whose assets are affected by
such transaction, or by an instrument or instruments in writing without a
meeting, consented to by the holders of not less than a majority of such Shares,
and/or by such other vote of any Series as may be established by the Certificate
of Designation with respect to such Series. Following such transfer, the
Trustees shall distribute the cash, Shares or other Securities or other
consideration received in such transaction (giving due effect to the assets
belonging to and indebtedness of, and any other differences among, the various
Portfolios of which the assets have so been transferred) among the Shareholders
of the Portfolio of which the assets have been so transferred; and if all of the
assets of the Trust have been so transferred, the Trust shall be terminated.
Nothing in this Section 9.2 shall be construed as requiring approval of
Shareholders for the Trustees to organize or assist in organizing one or more
corporations, trusts, partnerships, associations or other organizations, and to
sell, convey or transfer less than substantially all of the Trust Property or
the assets belonging to any Portfolio to such organizations or entities.

          SECTION 9.3. Amendments; etc. All rights granted to the Shareholders
under this Declaration of Trust are granted subject to the reservation of the
right to amend this Declaration of Trust as herein provided, except that no
amendment shall repeal the limitations on personal liability of any Shareholder
or Trustee or the prohibition of assessment upon the Shareholders (otherwise
than as permitted under Section 6.2(g) hereof) without the express consent of
each Shareholder or Trustee involved. Subject to the foregoing, the provisions
of this Declaration of Trust (whether or not related to the rights of
Shareholders) may be amended at any time, so long as such amendment does not
adversely affect the rights of any Shareholder with respect to which such
amendment is or purports to be applicable and so long as such amendment is not
in contravention of applicable law, including the 1940 Act, by an instrument in
writing signed by a Majority of the Trustees (or by an officer of the Trust
pursuant to the vote of a Majority of the Trustees). Any amendment to this
Declaration of Trust that adversely affects the rights of all Shareholders may
be adopted at any time by an instrument in writing signed by a Majority of the
Trustees (or by an officer of the Trust pursuant to a vote of a Majority of the
Trustees) when authorized to do so by the vote in accordance with Section 7.1
hereof of Shareholders holding a majority of all the Shares outstanding and
entitled to vote, without regard to Series, or if said amendment adversely
affects the rights of the Shareholders of less than all of the Portfolios, by
the vote of the holders of a majority of all the Shares entitled to vote of each
Portfolio so affected. Subject to the foregoing, any such amendment shall be
effective when the instrument containing the terms thereof and a certificate
(which may be a part of such instrument) to the effect that such amendment has
been duly adopted, and setting forth the circumstances thereof, shall have been
executed and acknowledged by a Trustee or officer of the Trust.

          SECTION 9.4. Filing of Copies of Declaration and Amendments. The
original or a copy of this Declaration and of each amendment hereto (including
each Certificate of Designation and Certificate of Termination), shall be kept
at the office of the Trust where it may be inspected by any Shareholder, and one
copy of each such instrument shall be filed with the Secretary of The
Commonwealth of Massachusetts, as well as with any other governmental office
where such filing may from time to time be required by the laws of
Massachusetts, but


<PAGE>34


such filing shall not be a prerequisite to the effectiveness of this Declaration
or of any such amendment. A restated Declaration, integrating into a single
instrument all of the provisions of this Declaration which are then in effect
and operative, may be executed from time to time by a Majority of the Trustees
and shall, upon filing with the Secretary of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts,
be conclusive evidence of all amendments contained therein and may thereafter be
referred to in lieu of the original Declaration and the various amendments
thereto.


                                   ARTICLE 10.
                                   -----------

                                  MISCELLANEOUS
                                  -------------


          SECTION 10.1. Governing Law. This Declaration of Trust is executed and
delivered in The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and with reference to the laws
thereof, and the rights of all parties and the construction and effect of every
provision hereof shall be subject to and construed according to the laws of said
Commonwealth.

          SECTION 10.2. Counterparts. This Declaration of Trust and any
amendment thereto may be simultaneously executed in several counterparts, each
of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, and such counterparts,
together, shall constitute but one and the same instrument, which shall be
sufficiently evidenced by any such original counterpart.

          SECTION 10.3. Reliance by Third Parties. Any certificate executed by
an individual who, according to the records in the office of the Secretary of
The Commonwealth of Massachusetts appears to be a Trustee hereunder, certifying
to: (a) the number or identity of Trustees or Shareholders, (b) the due
authorization of the execution of any instrument or writing, (c) the form of any
vote passed as a meeting of Trustees or Shareholders, (d) the fact that the
number of Trustees or Shareholders present at any meeting or executing any
written instrument satisfies the requirements of this Declaration of Trust, (e)
the form of any Bylaw adopted, or the identity of any officers elected, by the
Trustees, or (f) the existence or non-existence of any fact or facts which in
any manner relate to the affairs of the Trust, shall be conclusive evidence as
to the matters so certified in favor of any Person dealing with the Trustees, or
any of them, and the successors of such Person.

          SECTION 10.4. References; Headings. The masculine gender shall include
the feminine and neuter genders. Headings are placed herein for convenience of
reference only and shall not be taken as a part of this Declaration or control
or affect the meaning, construction or effect hereof.

          SECTION 10.5. Use of the Name "Warburg, Pincus". Warburg, Pincus
Counsellors, Inc. ("WPCI") has consented to the use by the Trust of the
identifying name "Warburg, Pincus" which is a property right of WPCI. The Trust
will only use the name "Warburg, Pincus" as a component of its name and for no
other purpose, and will not purport to grant to any third party the right to use
the name "Warburg, Pincus" for any purpose. WPCI or any corporate affiliate of
WPCI may use or grant to others the right to use the name "Warburg, Pincus" as
all or a portion of a corporate or business name or for any commercial purpose,


<PAGE>35


including a grant of such right to any other investment company. At the request
of WPCI, the Trust will take such action as may be required to provide its
consent to the use of such name by WPCI, or any corporate affiliate of WPCI, or
by any Person to whom WPCI or an affiliate of WPCI shall have granted the right
to the use of the name "Warburg, Pincus". Upon the termination of any investment
advisory or management agreement into which WPCI and the Trust may enter, the
Trust shall, upon request by WPCI, cease to use the name "Warburg, Pincus" as a
component of its name, and shall not use such name or initials as a part of its
name or for any other commercial purpose, and shall cause its officers and
Trustees to take any and all actions which WPCI may request to effect the
foregoing and to reconvey to WPCI or such corporate affiliate any and all rights
to such name.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand and
seal, for himself and his assigns, and has thereby accepted the Trusteeship as
the Initial Trustee of Warburg, Pincus Trust II hereby granted and agreed to the
provisions hereof, all as of the day and year first above written.


                                           /s/ Bryan G. Tyson
                                           _________________________________
                                           Bryan G. Tyson

          The undersigned Settlor of Warburg, Pincus Trust II hereby accepts,
approves and authorizes the foregoing Agreement and Declaration of Trust of
Warburg, Pincus Trust II.




                                            /s/ Raymond P. Czwakiel
                                            ________________________________
                                            Raymond P. Czwakiel




<PAGE>40





                                 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
                                 ---------------



                            M A S S A C H U S E T T S

Suffolk, ss.:                                              December 16, 1996

          Then personally appeared the above-named Bryan G. Tyson and
acknowledged the foregoing instrument to be his free act and deed.

                                          Before me


                                          /s/ Rosalind Karinsky
                                          Notary Public

                                          My commission expires: 1/16/98


                            M A S S A C H U S E T T S

Suffolk, ss.:                                              December 16, 1996

          Then personally appeared the above-named Raymond P. Czwakiel and
acknowledged the foregoing instrument to be his free act and deed.

                                          Before me


                                          /s/ Rosalind Kaninsky
                                          Notary Public

                                          My commission expires: 1/16/98







<PAGE>1

                            WARBURG, PINCUS TRUST II

                                     BYLAWS


          These  Articles  are the Bylaws of Warburg,  Pincus  Trust II, a trust
with  transferable  shares  established  under the laws of The  Commonwealth  of
Massachusetts  (the "Trust"),  pursuant to an Agreement and Declaration of Trust
of the Trust (the "Declaration") made the 16th day of December,  1996, and filed
in the office of the  Secretary  of the  Commonwealth.  These  Bylaws  have been
adopted by the Trustees  pursuant to the authority granted by Section 3.1 of the
Declaration.

          All words and terms  capitalized  in these  Bylaws,  unless  otherwise
defined herein, shall have the same meanings as they have in the Declaration.

                                   ARTICLE 1.
                                   ----------

                     SHAREHOLDERS AND SHAREHOLDERS' MEETINGS
                     ---------------------------------------

          SECTION  1.1.  Meetings.  A meeting of the  Shareholders  of the Trust
shall be held whenever called by the Trustees and whenever election of a Trustee
or Trustees by  Shareholders  is  required  by the  provisions  of the 1940 Act.
Meetings of Shareholders  shall also be called by the Trustees when requested in
writing by  Shareholders  holding at least ten percent  (10%) of the Shares then
outstanding  for the purpose of voting upon  removal of any  Trustee,  or if the
Trustees  shall fail to call or give notice of any such meeting of  Shareholders
for a period of thirty  (30) days  after  such  application,  then  Shareholders
holding at least ten percent (10%) of the Shares then  outstanding  may call and
give notice of such meeting.  Notice of Shareholders' meetings shall be given as
provided in the Declaration.

          SECTION 1.2. Presiding Officer; Secretary. The Trustees present at any
Shareholders'  meeting  shall  elect  one of their  number  as  chairman  of the
meeting.  Unless  otherwise  provided for by the Trustees,  the Secretary of the
Trust shall be the  secretary of all meetings of  Shareholders  and shall record
the minutes thereof.

          SECTION 1.3. Authority of Chairman of Meeting to Interpret Declaration
and Bylaws.  At any  Shareholders'  meeting the chairman of the meeting shall be
empowered to determine the construction or  interpretation of the Declaration or
these Bylaws, or any part thereof or hereof, and his ruling shall be final.

          SECTION 1.4. Voting:  Quorum. At each meeting of Shareholders,  except
as  otherwise  provided  by the  Declaration,  every  holder of record of Shares
entitled to vote shall be



<PAGE>2


entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of Shares standing in his name
on the Share register of the Trust.  Shareholders may vote by proxy and the form
of any such proxy may be prescribed from time to time by the Trustees.  A quorum
shall exist if the holders of a majority of the outstanding  Shares of the Trust
entitled to vote without regard to Series are present in person or by proxy, but
any lesser number shall be sufficient for  adjournments.  At all meetings of the
Shareholders,  votes  shall be taken by  ballot  for all  matters  which  may be
binding upon the Trustees  pursuant to Section 7.1 of the Declaration.  On other
matters,  votes of  Shareholders  need not be taken by ballot  unless  otherwise
provided for by the  Declaration  or by vote of the Trustees,  or as required by
the 1940 Act,  but the chairman of the meeting may in his  discretion  authorize
any matter to be voted upon by ballot.

          SECTION 1.5. Inspectors. At any meeting of Shareholders,  the chairman
of the meeting may appoint one or more  Inspectors  of Election or  Balloting to
supervise the voting at such meeting or any adjournment  thereof.  If Inspectors
are not so appointed, the chairman of the meeting may, and on the request of any
Shareholder  present or represented  and entitled to vote shall,  appoint one or
more  Inspectors  for such purpose.  Each  Inspector,  before  entering upon the
discharge of his duties,  shall take and sign an oath  faithfully to execute the
duties  of  Inspector  of  Election  or  Balloting,  as the case may be, at such
meeting with strict  impartiality  and according to the best of his ability.  If
appointed,  Inspectors  shall  take  charge of the polls  and,  when the vote is
completed,  shall make a certificate of the result of the vote taken and of such
other facts as may be required by law.

          SECTION 1.6. Shareholders' Action in Writing.  Nothing in this Article
I shall  limit  the  power of the  Shareholders  to take any  action by means of
written  instruments  without a meeting,  as  permitted  by  Section  7.6 of the
Declaration.

                                   ARTICLE 2.
                                   ----------

                         TRUSTEES AND TRUSTEES' MEETINGS
                         -------------------------------

          SECTION  2.1.  Number of  Trustees.  There shall  initially be one (1)
Trustee, and the number of Trustees shall thereafter be such number as from time
to time shall be fixed by a vote adopted by a Majority of the Trustees.

          SECTION 2.2.  Regular  Meetings of Trustees.  Regular  meetings of the
Trustees  may be held without call or notice at such places and at such times as
the  Trustees  may from time to time  determine;  provided,  that notice of such
determination,  and of the time, place and purposes of the first regular meeting
thereafter, shall be given to each absent Trustee in accordance with Section 2.4
hereof.


<PAGE>3


          SECTION 2.3.  Special  Meetings of Trustees.  Special  meetings of the
Trustees  may be held at any time and at any place when called by the  President
or the Treasurer or by two (2) or more Trustees, or if there shall be fewer than
three (3) Trustees, by any Trustee; provided, that notice of the time, place and
purposes  thereof is given to each Trustee in accordance with Section 2.4 hereof
by the  Secretary  or an  Assistant  Secretary or by the officer or the Trustees
calling the meeting.

         SECTION  2.4.  Notice of  Meetings.  Notice of any  regular  or special
meeting of the Trustees shall be sufficient if given in writing to each Trustee,
and if sent by mail at least five (5) days, or by telegram,  Federal  Express or
other  similar  delivery  service at least  twenty-four  (24)  hours  before the
meeting,  addressed to his usual or last known business or residence address, or
if  delivered  to him in person  at least  twenty-four  (24)  hours  before  the
meeting.  Notice of a special  meeting  need not be given to any Trustee who was
present at an earlier  meeting,  not more than thirty-one (31) days prior to the
subsequent  meeting,  at which the  subsequent  meeting was called.  Notice of a
meeting  may be waived by any Trustee by written  waiver of notice,  executed by
him before or after the meeting, and such waiver shall be filed with the records
of the meeting.  Attendance by a Trustee at a meeting shall  constitute a waiver
of  notice,  except  where a  Trustee  attends  a  meeting  for the  purpose  of
protesting prior thereto or at its commencement the lack of notice.

          SECTION  2.5.  Quorum;  Presiding  Officer.  At  any  meeting  of  the
Trustees,  a Majority of the Trustees shall constitute a quorum. Any meeting may
be  adjourned  from  time to time by a  majority  of the  votes  cast  upon  the
question,  whether or not a quorum is  present,  and the  meeting may be held as
adjourned  without further notice.  Unless the Trustees have elected  otherwise,
either  generally or in a particular  case, the Trustees present at each meeting
shall elect one of their number as chairman of such meeting.

          SECTION 2.6.  Participation by Telephone.  One or more of the Trustees
may  participate  in a meeting  thereof or of any  Committee  of the Trustees by
means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment allowing all
persons  participating  in the  meeting  to hear  each  other at the same  time.
Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.

          SECTION 2.7. Location of Meetings.  Trustees'  meetings may be held at
any place within or without Massachusetts.

          SECTION  2.8.  Votes.  Voting at  Trustees'  meetings may be conducted
orally, by show of hands or, if requested by any Trustee, by written ballot. The
results of all voting shall be recorded by the Secretary in the minute book.



<PAGE>4


          SECTION 2.9.  Rulings of Chairman.  All other rules of conduct adopted
and used at any  Trustees'  meeting  shall be determined by the chairman of such
meeting, whose ruling on all procedural matters shall be final.

          SECTION 2.10.  Trustees' Action in Writing.  Nothing in this Article 2
shall  limit  the  power of the  Trustees  to take  action by means of a written
instrument without a meeting, as provided in Section 4.2 of the Declaration.

          SECTION  2.11.  Resignations.  Any  Trustee  may resign at any time by
written instrument signed by him and delivered to the President or the Secretary
or to a meeting  of the  Trustees.  Such  resignation  shall be  effective  upon
receipt unless specified to be effective at some other time.

                                   ARTICLE 3.
                                   ----------

                                    OFFICERS
                                    --------

          SECTION  3.1.  Officers of the Trust.  The officers of the Trust shall
consist of a President, a Treasurer and a Secretary, and may include one or more
Vice Presidents,  Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries, and such other
officers  as the  Trustees  may  designate.  Any  person  may hold more than one
office.

          SECTION 3.2. Time and Terms of Election. The President,  the Treasurer
and the  Secretary  shall be elected by the Trustees at their first  meeting and
shall hold  office  until  their  successors  shall have been duly  elected  and
qualified,  and may be  removed  at any  meeting  by the  affirmative  vote of a
Majority  of the  Trustees.  All other  officers  of the Trust may be elected or
appointed at any meeting of the Trustees.  Such  officers  shall hold office for
any term, or indefinitely,  as determined by the Trustees,  and shall be subject
to removal, with or without cause, at any time by the Trustees.

          SECTION 3.3.  Resignation  and Removal.  Any officer may resign at any
time by giving  written  notice to the  Trustees.  Such  resignation  shall take
effect at the time specified therein,  and, unless otherwise  specified therein,
the acceptance of such resignation  shall not be necessary to make it effective.
If the  office  of any  officer  or agent  becomes  vacant  by  reason of death,
resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or otherwise, the
Trustees may choose a successor, who shall hold office for the unexpired term in
respect of which such vacancy occurred.  Except to the extent expressly provided
in a written  agreement  with the Trust,  no officer  resigning or removed shall
have any right to any  compensation for any period following such resignation or
removal, or any right to damage on account of such removal.


<PAGE>5


          SECTION 3.4.  Fidelity  Bond.  The Trustees may, in their  discretion,
direct any  officer  appointed  by them to furnish at the expense of the Trust a
fidelity  bond  approved by the  Trustees,  in such amount as the  Trustees  may
prescribe.

          SECTION 3.5.  President.  Unless the Trustees otherwise  provide,  the
President shall preside at all meetings of the Shareholders and of the Trustees.
The President,  subject to the  supervision of the Trustees,  shall have general
charge and supervision of the business,  property,  affairs and personnel of the
Trust and such other powers and duties as the Trustees may prescribe.

          SECTION 3.6.  Vice  Presidents.  In the absence or  disability  of the
President,  the Vice  President  or, if there  shall be more than one,  the Vice
Presidents  in the order of their  seniority or as otherwise  designated  by the
Trustees, shall exercise all of the powers and duties of the President. The Vice
Presidents  shall have the power to execute  bonds,  notes,  mortgages and other
contracts, agreements and instruments in the name of the Trust, and shall do and
perform such other duties as the Trustees or the President shall direct.

          SECTION 3.7. Treasurer and Assistant  Treasurers.  The Treasurer shall
be the chief financial  officer of the Trust,  and shall have the custody of the
Trust's  funds and  Securities,  and shall keep full and  accurate  accounts  of
receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Trust and shall deposit all
moneys,  and other valuable  effects in the name and to the credit of the Trust,
in  such  depositories  as may be  designated  by the  Trustees,  taking  proper
vouchers for such disbursements,  shall have such other duties and powers as may
be  prescribed  from  time to time by the  Trustees,  and  shall  render  to the
Trustees,  whenever they may require it, an account of all his  transactions  as
Treasurer  and of the  financial  condition of the Trust.  If no  Controller  is
elected,  the Treasurer shall also have the duties and powers of the Controller,
as provided in these Bylaws. Any Assistant  Treasurer shall have such duties and
powers  as  shall  be  prescribed  from  time  to time  by the  Trustees  or the
Treasurer, and shall be responsible to and shall report to the Treasurer. In the
absence or disability  of the  Treasurer,  the Assistant  Treasurer or, if there
shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order of their seniority
or as otherwise  designated by the Trustees  shall have the powers and duties of
the Treasurer.

          SECTION  3.8.  Chief  Accounting  Officer  and  Assistant   Accounting
Officers.  If a Chief  Accounting  Officer  is  elected,  he shall be the  chief
accounting  officer  of the Trust and shall be in charge of its books of account
and  accounting  records and of its accounting  procedures,  and shall have such
duties and powers as are commonly  incident to the office of a  controller,  and
such  other  duties  and  powers as may be  prescribed  from time to time by the
Trustees. The Controller shall be responsible to



<PAGE>6


and shall report to the  Trustees,  but in the  ordinary  conduct of the Trust's
business,  shall  be under  the  supervision  of the  Treasurer.  Any  Assistant
Accounting Officer shall have such duties and powers as shall be prescribed from
time to time by the  Trustees  or the  Chief  Accounting  Officer,  and shall be
responsible to and shall report to the Chief Accounting  Officer. In the absence
or disability of the Chief Accounting Officer,  the Assistant Accounting Officer
or, if there shall be more than one, the  Assistant  Accounting  Officers in the
order of their  seniority or as otherwise  designated by the Trustees shall have
the powers and duties of the Chief Accounting Officer.

          SECTION 3.9. Secretary and Assistant Secretaries. The Secretary shall,
if and to the extent  requested  by the  Trustees,  attend all  meetings  of the
Trustees,  any Committee of the Trustees and/or the  Shareholders and record all
votes and the  minutes  of  proceedings  in a book to be kept for that  purpose,
shall give or cause to be given  notice of all  meetings  of the  Trustees,  any
Committee of the Trustees,  and of the Shareholders and shall perform such other
duties as may be prescribed by the Trustees.  The  Secretary,  or in his absence
any  Assistant  Secretary,  shall  affix  the  Trust's  seal  to any  instrument
requiring it, and when so affixed,  it shall be attested by the signature of the
Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. The Secretary shall be the custodian of the
Share  records and all other books,  records and papers of the Trust (other than
financial) and shall see that all books, reports,  statements,  certificates and
other documents and records  required by law are properly kept and filed. In the
absence or disability  of the  Secretary,  the Assistant  Secretary or, if there
shall  be more  than  one,  the  Assistant  Secretaries  in the  order  of their
seniority or as otherwise  designated by the Trustees  shall have the powers and
duties of the Secretary.

          SECTION 3.10.  Substitutions.  In case of the absence or disability of
any officer of the Trust,  or for any other  reason that the  Trustees  may deem
sufficient,  the  Trustees may delegate for the time being the powers or duties,
or any of them, of such officer to any other officer, or to any Trustee.

          SECTION  3.11.  Execution  of Deeds,  etc.  Except as the Trustees may
generally or in  particular  cases  otherwise  authorize  or direct,  all deeds,
leases, transfers,  contracts, proposals, bonds, notes, checks, drafts and other
obligations made,  accepted or endorsed by the Trust shall be signed or endorsed
on behalf  of the  Trust by the  President,  one of the Vice  Presidents  or the
Treasurer.

          SECTION 3.12.  Power to Vote Securities.  Unless otherwise  ordered by
the Trustees,  the  Treasurer  and the Secretary  each shall have full power and
authority on behalf of the Trust to give proxies for and/or to attend and to act
and to vote at any meeting of stockholders of any corporation in which the Trust
may hold stock, and at any such meeting the Treasurer or the

<PAGE>7


Secretary,  as the case may be, his proxy shall possess and may exercise any and
all rights and powers  incident to the  ownership  of such stock  which,  as the
owner  thereof,  the Trust might have  possessed and  exercised if present.  The
Trustees,  by resolution from time to time, or, in the absence  thereof,  either
the Treasurer or the Secretary,  may confer like powers upon any other person or
persons as attorneys and proxies of the Trust.

                                   ARTICLE 4.
                                   ----------

                                   COMMITTEES
                                   ----------

          SECTION 4.1. Power of Trustees to Designate Committees.  The Trustees,
by vote of a Majority of the Trustees,  may elect from their number an Executive
Committee and any other Committees and may delegate thereto some or all of their
powers except those which by law, by the  Declaration or by these Bylaws may not
be delegated;  provided,  that the Executive Committee shall not be empowered to
elect the  President,  the Treasurer or the Secretary,  to amend the Bylaws,  to
exercise the powers of the Trustees  under this Section 4.1 or under Section 4.3
hereof, or to perform any act for which the action of a Majority of the Trustees
is required by law, by the  Declaration  or by these Bylaws.  The members of any
such Committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Trustees.

          SECTION  4.2.  Rules  for  Conduct  of  Committee  Affairs.  Except as
otherwise provided by the Trustees, each Committee elected or appointed pursuant
to this Article 4 may adopt such standing rules and  regulations for the conduct
of its affairs as it may deem desirable,  subject to review and approval of such
rules and  regulations  by the  Trustees at the next  succeeding  meeting of the
Trustees,  but in the absence of any such action or any contrary  provisions  by
the  Trustees,  the business of each  Committee  shall be  conducted,  so far as
practicable,  in the same manner as provided  herein and in the  Declaration for
the Trustees.

          SECTION  4.3.  Trustees  May Alter,  Abolish,  etc.,  Committees.  The
Trustees may at any time alter or abolish any  Committee,  change the membership
of any  Committee,  or revoke,  rescind or modify any action of any Committee or
the authority of any  Committee  with respect to any matter or class of matters;
provided, that no such action shall impair the rights of any third parties.

          SECTION 4.4. Minutes;  Review by Trustees.  Any Committee to which the
Trustees  delegate  any of their  powers or duties  shall  keep  records  of its
meetings and shall report its actions to the Trustees.


<PAGE>8


                                   ARTICLE 5.
                                   ----------

                                      SEAL
                                      ----

          The seal of the Trust shall consist of a flat-faced  circular die with
the word "Massachusetts",  together with the name of the Trust, the words "Trust
Seal",  and the year of its organization  cut or engraved  thereon,  but, unless
otherwise required by the Trustees, the seal shall not be necessary to be placed
on, and its absence shall not impair the validity of, any document instrument or
other paper executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Trust.

                                   ARTICLE 6.
                                   ----------

                                     SHARES
                                     ------

          SECTION 6.1. Issuance of Shares.  The Trustees may issue Shares of any
or all Series either in  certificated  or  uncertificated  form,  they may issue
certificates to the holders of Shares of a Series which was originally issued in
uncertificated   form,  and  if  they  have  issued  Shares  of  any  Series  in
certificated  form,  they  may at any time  discontinue  the  issuance  of Share
certificates for such Series and may, by written notice to such  Shareholders of
such Series require the surrender of their Share  certificates  to the Trust for
cancellation, which surrender and cancellation shall not affect the ownership of
Shares for such Series.

          SECTION 6.2. Uncertificated Shares. For any Series of Shares for which
the Trustees issue Shares without certificates,  the Trust or the Transfer Agent
may either issue  receipts  therefor or may keep  accounts upon the books of the
Trust for the record holders of such Shares, who shall in either case be deemed,
for all  purposes  hereunder,  to be the  holders of such  Shares as if they had
received  certificates therefor and shall be held to have expressly assented and
agreed to the terms hereof and of the Declaration.

          SECTION 6.3.  Share  Certificates.  For any Series of Shares for which
the Trustees  shall issue Share  certificates,  each  Shareholder of such Series
shall be entitled to a certificate  stating the number of Shares owned by him in
such  form as  shall  be  prescribed  from  time to time by the  Trustees.  Such
certificate  shall be signed by the  President or a  Vice-President,  and by the
Treasurer or an Assistant  Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary
of  the  Trust.  Such  signatures  may  be  facsimiles  if  the  certificate  is
countersigned  by a Transfer  Agent,  or by a  Registrar,  other than a Trustee,
officer or  employee  of the Trust.  In case any officer who has signed or whose
facsimile  signature has been placed on such certificate  shall cease to be such
officer before such  certificate  is issued,  it may be issued by the Trust with
the same effect as if he were such officer at the time of its issue.

<PAGE>9


          SECTION 6.4. Lost, Stolen, etc., Certificates.  If any certificate for
certificated Shares shall be lost, stolen,  destroyed or mutilated, the Trustees
may  authorize the issuance of a new  certificate  of the same tenor and for the
same number of Shares in lieu thereof.  The Trustees shall require the surrender
of any mutilated  certificate  in respect of which a new  certificate is issued,
and may, in their discretion, before the issuance of a new certificate,  require
the owner of a lost,  stolen or  destroyed  certificate,  or the  owner's  legal
representative,  to make an affidavit or affirmation setting forth such facts as
to the loss, theft or destruction as they deem necessary,  and to give the Trust
a bond in such reasonable sum as the Trustees direct,  in order to indemnify the
Trust.

          SECTION  6.5 Record  Transfer of Pledged  Shares.  A pledgee of Shares
pledged as collateral  security  shall be entitled to a new  certificate  in his
name as pledgee, in the case of certificated  Shares, or to be registered as the
holder in pledge of such Shares in the case of uncertificated Shares;  provided,
that the instrument of pledge  substantially  describes the debt or duty that is
intended to be secured  thereby.  Any such new certificate  shall express on its
face that it is held as collateral  security,  and the name of the pledgor shall
be stated thereon,  and any such registration of uncertificated  Shares shall be
in a form which  indicates  that the  registered  holder  holds  such  Shares in
pledge.  After such issue or  registration,  and unless and until such pledge is
released, such pledgee and his successors and assigns shall alone be entitled to
the rights of a Shareholder, and entitled to vote such Shares.

                                   ARTICLE 7.
                                   ----------

                                    CUSTODIAN
                                    ---------

          The Trust shall at all times employ a bank or trust  company  having a
capital,  surplus  and  undivided  profits  of  at  least  Two  Million  Dollars
($2,000,000)  as Custodian  of the capital  assets of the Trust.  The  Custodian
shall be  compensated  for its services by the Trust upon such basis as shall be
agreed upon from time to time between the Trust and the Custodian.

                                   ARTICLE 8.
                                   ----------


                                   AMENDMENTS
                                   ----------

          SECTION 8.1. Bylaws Subject to Amendment. These Bylaws may be altered,
amended or repealed,  in whole or in part, at any time by vote of the holders of
a majority  of the Shares (or  whenever  there  shall be more than one Series of
Shares,  of the  holders of a majority  of the  Shares of each  Series)  issued,
outstanding  and entitled to vote.  The  Trustees,  by vote of a Majority of the
Trustees,  may  alter,  amend  or  repeal  these  Bylaws,  in  whole or in part,
including Bylaws adopted by the Shareholders, except with



<PAGE>10


respect to any provision  hereof which by law, the  Declaration  or these Bylaws
requires  action by the  Shareholders.  Bylaws  adopted by the  Trustees  may be
altered, amended or repealed by the Shareholders.

          SECTION 8.2. Notice of Proposal to Amend Bylaws Required.  No proposal
to amend or repeal  these Bylaws or to adopt new Bylaws shall be acted upon at a
meeting unless either (i) such proposal is stated in the notice or in the waiver
of notice, as the case may be, of the meeting of the Trustees or Shareholders at
which such action is taken, or (ii) all of the Trustees or Shareholders,  as the
case may be, are present at such meeting and all agree to consider such proposal
without protesting the lack of notice.







© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission